  |
 | | aṅgam | अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences
or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति;
रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥). | | | aṅgadam | अङ्गदम् [अङ्गं दायति शोधयति भूषयति, अङ्गं द्यति वा, दै or दो-क.] An ornament, bracelet &c. worn on the upper arm, an armlet; तप्तचामीकराङ्गदः V.1.15. संघट्टयन्नङ्ग- दमङ्गदेन R.6.73. -दा 1 The female elephant of the south (?). -2 A woman who offers her person for use (अङ्गं ददाति अर्पयति). -दः 1 N. of a son of Vāli, monkey-king of Kiṣkindhā. cf. अङ्गदो वालिनन्दने, नपुंसि बाहुवलये... । Nm. [He was born of Tārā, Vālī's wife, and is supposed to have been an incarnation of Bṛhaspati to aid the cause of Rāma (and hence noted for his eloquence). When, after the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, Rāma sent monkeys in all quarters to search for her, Aṅgada was made chief of a monkey-troop proceeding to the south. For one month he got no information, and, when consequently he determined to cast off his life, he was told by Sampāti that Sītā could be found in Laṅkā. He sent Māruti to the island and, on the latter's return with definite information, they joined Rāma at Kiṣkindhā. Afterwards when the whole host of Rāma went to Laṇkā Aṅgada was despatched to Rāvaṇa as a messenger of peace to give him a chance of saving himself in time. But Rāvaṇa scornfully rejected his advice and met his doom. After Sugrīva Aṇgada became king of Kiṣkindhā. In common parlance a man is said to act the part of Aṅgada when he endeavours to mediate between two contending parties, but without
any success.] -2 N. of a son of Lakṣmaṇa by Urmilā (अङ्गदं चन्द्रकेतुं च लक्ष्मणो$प्यात्मसंभवौ । शासनाद्रघुनाथस्य चक्रे कारा- पथेश्वरौ ॥ R.15.9), his capital being called Aṇgadīyā -3 N. of a warrior on the side of Duryodhana. -Comp. -निर्यूहः the crestlike forepart of the Aṅgada ornament. | | | aṅgāraḥ | अङ्गारः रम् [अङ्ग्-आरन् Uṇ.3.134.] 1 Charcoal (whether heated or not); घृतकुम्भसमा नारी तप्ताङ्गारसमः पुमान्; उष्णो दहति चाङ्गारः शीतः कृष्णायते करम् H.1.8; नालास्त्रार्थाग्निचूर्णे तु गन्धाङ्गारौ तु पूर्ववत् Śukra.4.135. त्वया स्वहस्तेनाङ्गाराः कर्षिताः Pt.1 you have ruined yourself with your own hands; cf. "to dig a mine under one's feet." कुरुकुलाङ्गार Ve.6 destroyer or pest of the Kuru family. -2 The planet Mars. -3 A plant हितावली, ˚कुष्टकः- हितावली. -4 N. of a prince who fought with king Māndhātr. -र a. Red, of a red colour. -रम् Red colour. -Comp. -अवक्षेपणम् [अङ्गारा अवक्षिप्यन्ते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] also -अवक्षायणम् (Śat. Br.xiv) a vessel or pincers (Mar. चिमटा) to throw or extinguish coals -कर्करिः (री) f. A thick cake baked on burning coals -कारिन् a. [अङ्गारं करोति कृ-णिनि] one who prepares coal for sale, Mb.2; मालाकार इव ग्राह्यो भागो नाङ्गारकारवत् Śukra.4.223. -कुष्ठकः [अङ्गारवर्णं कुष्ठमिव-कन्] N. of a plant हितावली. -धानी [अङ्गारा धीयन्ते अस्याम्; धा- आधारे ल्युट् ङीप्], -धानिका also -धारिका [स्वार्थे कन्] a portable fire-pan, brazier. -परिपाचितम् [तृ. त.] roasted food or meat. -पर्णम् [अङ्गारमिव पर्णं यस्य] N. of a grove or forest. (-र्णः) [अस्त्यर्थे अच्] N. of Chitraratha, king of the Gandharvas. [On one occasion, while he was sporting with his wife, he saw Kuntī with her five sons proceeding to the capital of Pāñchāla in disguise. He accosted them and asked them to tell him where they were going, or to fight. Arjuna accepted the challenge; but Aṅgāraparṇa finding Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior gave him a secret lore called Chākṣuṣī (enabling one to see the smallest things) and took from him in return a lore called Agniśirāstra and became a friend of the Pāṇḍavas.] -पात्री -शकटी a portable fire-pan. -पुष्पः [अङ्गारमिव लोहितवर्णं पुष्पं यस्य सः] the plant इङ्गुदी. -पूरिका (see अङ्गारकर्करिः) -म़ञ्जरी, -मञ्जी [अङ्गारा रक्तवर्णा मञ़्जरी यस्याः] a shrub Cesalpinia Banducella (रक्तकरंजवृक्ष). -वल्लरी, -वल्ली [अङ्गारा इव रक्तफलत्वात् रक्ता] N. of various plants, करंज, भार्गी, गुञ़्जा. also Guilandina Bonducella (Mar. सागरगोटी). -वृक्षः Balanites Aegiptiaca (Mar. हिंगणबेट). -वेणुः [कर्म.] a sort of bamboo. -सदनम् A portable fire-pan. | | | ataṭa | अतट a. [न. ब.] -1 Having no shore or beach; _x001F_+precipitate, steep -टः 1 A precipice, a steep crag. -2 N. of a hill. -3 The lower part of the earth. -Comp -प्रपातः a steep precipice; a fall headlong form a precipice; a precipitate fall; मनोरथानामतटप्रपातः Ś.6.1. of my hopes there is a precipitate fall. (Some read the line _x001F_-as मनोरथा नाम तटप्रपातः and take it to mean 'verily our desires are like the crumblings of river banks'.) | | | atithiḥ | अतिथिः [अतति गच्छति न तिष्ठति; अत्-इथिन् Uṇ.4.2; lit. a 'traveller'; according to Manu एकरात्रं तु निवसन् अतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः । अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात्तस्मादतिथिरुच्यते ॥ 3.12 cf. also यस्य न ज्ञायते नाम न च गोत्रं न च स्थितिः । अकस्माद् गृहमायातः सो$तिथिः प्रोच्यते वुधैः ॥] 1 A guest (fig. also); अतिथिनेव निवेदितम् _x001F_+Ś.4; कुसुमलताप्रियातिथे Ś.6 dear or welcome guest; पुरन्दरपुरातिथिषु पितृषु Dk.2 the guests of Indra's capital i. e. dead; so समरे यमनगरातिथिरकारि 12; धन्यानां श्रवणपथातिथित्वमेति (उक्तम्) Ratn.2.7. becomes a guest of, i. e. goes to or falls on the ears of the fortunate only; करोति ते मुखं तन्वि चपेटापातनातिथिम् K.P. -2 Wrath. -3 N. of a son of Kuśa and Kumudvatī and grandson of Rāma. -Comp. -क्रिया -पूजा, -सत्कारः -सत्क्रिया, -सेवा hospitable reception of
guests, rite of hospitality, hospitality, attention to the guests -देव a. [अतिथिर्देव इव पूज्यो यस्य] treating the guest as God. -धर्मः title or claim to hospitality; hospitality due to guests; गृह्यतां ˚र्मः Pt.1; यदि त्वतिथि- धर्मेण क्षत्रियो गृहमाव्रजेत् Ms.3.111 should come as guests -धर्मिन् a. entitled to hospitality as a guest वैश्यशूद्रावपि प्राप्तौ कुटुम्बे$तिथिधर्मिणौ । भोजयेत्सह भृत्यैस्तानानृशंस्यं प्रयोजयन् ॥ Ms.3.112. -पतिः the host or entertainer. | | | atirabhasaḥ | अतिरभसः Great speed, precipitateness, head-long speed, rashness; ˚कृतानां कर्मणाम् Bh.2.99; दर्शन˚ प्रधावितेन K.192; great hurry. | | | adhas | अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु
यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. | | | anādṛta | अनादृत a. 1 Disrespected, despised; अनादृतास्तु यस्यैते सर्वास्तस्याफलाः क्रियाः Ms.2.234; ˚सत्कार not accepting the hospitality. -2 Not careful, regardless of, indifferent to; अनादृतस्यामरसायकेष्वपि Ki.14.1. -तम् Disrespect, contempt. | | | anurādha | अनुराध a. 1 Causing welfare; also written as अनूराध; इन्द्रं वयमनूराधं हवामहे Av. -2 Born under the asterism अनुराधा P.IV.3.34. -धः N. of a Buddhist. -धा [अनुगता राधां विशाखाम् ।] N. of the 17th of the 27 lunar mansions or asterisms (so called because it follows राधा or विशाखा). It consists of four stars. -Comp. -ग्रामः, -पुरम् the ancient capital of Laṅkā or Ceylon; founded by अनुराध. Also called अनुरोधपुर, described by Rājaśekhara as full of curiosities. It is a large town in the north of Ceylon "with 16 square granite pillars which supported the floor of an enormous monastery called 'The Great Brazen Palace' said to have been built in 161 B. C." | | | anta | अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive
into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word. | | | andhraḥ | अन्ध्रः (pl.) 1 N. of a people and the country inhabited by them. [The country of the Āndhras is said to be the modern Telingana. But the limits were probably confined to the Ghats on the West and the rivers Godāvarī and Krisnā on the North and South. It bordered on Kalinga (See Dk. 7th Ullāsa), and its capital Andhranagara is probably the old town of Vengi or Vegi. According to Daṇḍin, there was near it a lake 'like the ocean and crested with cranes' which description can only refer to the lake Colair which has an area of over 15 miles; जगन्नाथाटूर्ध्वभागाद- र्वाक् श्रीभ्रमरात्मकात् । तावदन्ध्राभिधो देशः]. -2 N. of a dynasty of kings. -3 A man of a mixed (low) caste, being
born of a Vaideha father and Kārāvara mother, who lives by killing game; कारावरो निषादात्तु चर्मकारः प्रसूयते । वैदेहकादन्ध्रमेदौ बहिर्ग्रामप्रतिश्रयौ ॥ Ms.1.36. -4 A kind of fowler. -Comp. -जातिः the Andhra tribe. -भृत्याः N. of a dynasty of kings. | | | apaṭī | अपटी [अल्पः पटः पटी, न. त.] 1 A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -क्षेपः (अपटक्षेपः) tossing aside the curtain; ˚क्षेपेण (= अकस्मात्) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction ततः प्रविशति &c. | | | apabhraṃśaḥ | अपभ्रंशः 1 Falling down or away, a fall; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4 v. l. ending in a (precipitate) fall. -2 A corrupted word, corruption; घर is an अपभ्रंश or corruption of गृह; (hence) an incorrect word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; see अपशब्द. -3 A corrupt language, one of the lowest forms of the Prākṛita dialect used by cow-herds &c. (in kāvyas); (in Śāstras) any language other than Sanskrit; आभीरादिगिरः काव्येष्वपभ्रंश इति स्मृताः । शास्त्रेषु संस्कृतादन्य- दपभ्रंशतयोदितम् ॥ Kāv.1. | | | abdhiḥ | अब्धिः [आपः धीयन्ते अत्र, धा-कि] 1 The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also) दुःख˚, कार्य˚, ज्ञान˚ &c.; store or reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, lake. -3 (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4. -Comp. -अग्निः the submarine fire. -कफः, -फेन: 1 froth, foam. -2 the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean. -ज a. born in the ocean. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 The conch. -जम् Salt. (-जौ) (dual) N. of the Aśvins. (-जा) 1 spirituous liquor (produced from
the ocean). -2 the Goddess Lakṣmī. -झषः a sea-fish. -डिण्डिरः froth, foam. -द्वीपा 1 the earth. 2 a portion of land surrounded by the ocean. -नगरी N. of Dwārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa. -नवनीतकः 1 the moon (the butter of the ocean). -मण्डूकी the pearloyster. -शयनः N. of Viṣṇu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world). -सारः a gem. | | | amara | अमर a. [मृ-पचाद्यच् न. त.] Undying, immortal, imperishable; अजरामरवत् प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. Pr.3, Ms.2.148. अजरो$मरो$मृतः Bṛi. Up.4.4.25. -रः 1 A god, deity. -2 N. of a Marut. -3 N. of a plant Euphorbia Tirucalli (स्नुहीवृक्ष; Mar. शेर). Tiaridium Indicum (हस्तिशुण्ड ?; Mar. भुरुंडी). -4 Quick-silver. -5 Gold. -6 A species of pine. -7 The number 33. (that being the number of Gods.) -8 N. of Amarasiṁha, see below; of a mountain. -9 Mystical signification of the syllable उ. -1 A heap of bones. -रा 1 The residence of Indra (cf. अमरावती). -2 The naval string; umbilical cord. -3 The womb. -4 A house-post (स्थूणा). -5 N. of several plants; इन्द्रवारुणी, वटी, महानीली, घृतकुमारी, स्नुही, गुडूची, दूर्वा. -री The same as अमरा. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -स्त्री a celestial nymph, heavenly damsel; मुषाण रत्नानि हरामराङ्गनाः Śi.1. 51. -अद्रिः 'mountain of the gods'; हृतामराद्रिस्थानेन ज्ञापितो भौमचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.59.2. N. of the mountain Sumeru. -अधिपः, -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -पतिः, -भर्ता, -राजः &c. 'The lord of the gods', epithets of Indra; प्रेमदत्तवदना- निलः पिवन्नत्यजीवदमरालकेश्वरौ R.19.15. शान्तं पापं न वः किंचित् कुतश्चिदमराधिप Rām.2.74.22. sometimes of Śiva and Viṣṇu also, -आचार्यः, -गुरुः, -इज्यः, 'preceptor of the gods', epithets of Bṛihaspati. -आपगा, -तटिनी, -सरित् f. the heavenly river, an epithet of the Ganges; ˚तटिनीरोधसि वसन् Bh.3.123. -आलयः the abode of the gods, heaven, तत्रामरालयमरालमरालकेशि N. -उत्तम a. the best of the gods. -उपम a. God-like. -कण्टकम् N. of the part of the Vindhya range which is near the source of the river Narmadā. -कोटः 'the fortress of the immortals', N. of the capital of a (modern) Rajaput state. -कोशः, -षः N. of the most popular Sanskṛit lexicon called after the author अमरसिंह. ˚कौमुदी Title of a commentary on अमरकोश. -गुरुः 1 Bṛihaspati. -2 The planet Jupiter. -चन्द्रः Name of the author of Bālabhārata. -(रं)जयः Conquering the gods. Bhaviṣya P. -जः N. of a tree, a kind of खदिर. -तरुः, -दारु 1 a celestial tree, a tree in the paradise of Indra; अमरतरुकुसुमसौरभसेवनसंपूर्णसकलकामस्य Bv.1.28. -2 देवदारु -3 the wish-yielding tree. -दत्तः Name of a lexicographer, of a prince. Ks. -द्विजः a Brāhmaṇa who lives by attending a temple or idol; or one who superintends a temple. -पुरम् 1 the residence of the gods, celestial paradise. -2 N. of various other towns. -पुष्पः, -ष्पकः 1 N. of several plants (केतक, चूत). -2 N. of a kind of grass. -3 the wish-yielding tree (कल्पवृक्ष). -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (अधःपुष्पीवृक्ष); a kind of anise. -प्रख्य, -प्रभ a.
like an immortal. -प्रभुः one of the 1 names of Viṣṇu. -माला N. of a lexicon. (said to be composed by the same author as that of Amarakośa.) -रत्नम a crystal. -राजः N. of Indra. -लोकः the world of the gods, heaven; ˚ता heavenly bliss; तेषु सम्यग्वर्तमानो गच्छत्यमरलोकताम् Ms.2.5. -वल्लरी N. of a plant (आकाशवल्ली). -सिंहः N. of the author of Amarakośa; he was a Jaina and is said to have been one of the 9 gems that adorned the court of king Vikramāditya. The dates of many of these 'gems' are still doubtful. -स्त्री An Apsaras or a nymph of heaven. | | | ambu | अम्बु n. [अम्ब्-शब्दे उण्] 1 Water; गाङ्गमम्बु सितमम्बु यामुनम् K. P.1. -2 The watery element of the blood (cf. imber). -3 N. of a metre. -4 A term in astrology (लग्नावधिकं चतुर्थस्थानम्). -Comp. -कणः a drop of water. -कण्टकः (short-nosed), alligator. -कन्दः An acquatic plant Trapa bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -किरातः alligator. -कीशः, कूर्मः a tortoise (शिशुमार); particularly Gangetic. -केशरः lemon-tree (छालङ्गवृक्ष). -क्रिया libation of water; Bk.; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased. -कुक्कुटी An acquatic hen. -ग, -चर, -चारिन् a. moving or living in water, aquatic (as fish &c.); अद्रिं दधाराम्बुचरात्मना Bhāg.8.5. 11; Ms.12.57. -घनः hail. -चत्वरम् a lake. -चामरम् an aquatic plant (शैवाल). -ज a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. स्थलज); सुगन्धीनि च माल्यानि स्थलजान्यम्बु- जानि च Rām. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 the Sārasa bird. -4 the conch; दध्मौ तारेण चाम्बुजम् Mb.7.173.9. -5 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). (-जम्) 1 a lotus; इन्दीवरेण नयनं मुखमम्बुजेन Ś. Til.3; A. Rām. 4.1.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. ˚भूः, ˚आसनः 'the lotus-born god' Brahmā; A. Rām. ˚आसना the goddess Lakṣmī. -जन्मन् n. a lotus; -m. 1 the moon. -2 the conch. -3 Sārasa. -तस्करः 'waterthief', the sun (whose heat drinks up water). -तालः = ˚चामर. -द a. giving or yielding water. (-दः) 1 a cloud; नवाम्बुदानीकमुहूर्तलाञ्छने R.3.53; -देवम्, -दैवम् The astronomical mansion पूर्वाषाढा. -धर [धरतीति धरः, अम्बूनां धरः; धृ-अच्] 1 a cloud; वशिनश्चाम्बुधराश्च योनयः Ku.4.43; शरत्प्रमृष्टाम्बुधरोपरोधः R.6.44. -2 the plant मुस्तक. -3 talc. -धिः [अम्बूनि धीयन्ते अत्र; धा-कि] 1 any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; अम्बुधिर्घटः Sk. ˚-स्रवा Aloe perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -2 the ocean; क्षार˚ Bh.2.6. -3 the number four (in Math.). ˚प्रसवा N. of a plant (घृतकुमारी). -नाथः The ocean. -नामन् Andropogon muricatum (Mar. वाळा). -निधिः 'treasure of waters', the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3. -प a. drinking water. (-पः) 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa, the regent of waters; रक्षो$म्बुपानिलशशीशपुराणि चाष्टौ Śid. Śir; शक्राम्बुपयमानां च चतुर्थस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.7.4.17. -3 N. of a plant (चक्रमर्दक; Mar.टाकळा). -पतिः Varuṇa; यथाम्बुपतिमित्रौ हि तारकं दैत्यसत्तमम् (अधावताम्) Mb.7.155.36. -पत्रा N. of a plant (उच्चटावृक्ष; Mar. फुरडी). -पद्धतिः f. -पातः current, flow or stream of water, cascade; गङ्गाम्बुपातप्रतिमा गृहेभ्यः Bk.1.8. -प्रसादः -प्रसादनम् [अम्बूनि प्रसादयति] the clearing nut tree (कतक Mar. निवळी). Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; (फलं कतकवृक्षस्य यद्यप्यम्बुप्रसादकम् । न नामग्रहणादेव तस्य वारि प्रसीदति) Ms.6.67. -भवम् a lotus. -भृत् m. 1 water-bearer, a cloud.
-2 the ocean. -3 = ˚पत्रा q. v. -4 N. of a plant मुस्तक. -5 talc. -मात्रज a. produced only in water. (-जः) a conchshell. -मुच् m. a cloud; ध्वनितसूचितमम्बुमुचां चयम् Ki.5.12. -राजः 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa. -राशिः receptacle or store of water, the ocean; त्वयि ज्वलत्यौर्वं इवाम्बुराशौ Ś.3.3; चन्द्रोदयारम्भ इवाम्बुराशिः Ku.3.67, R.6.57;9.82. -रुह् n. 1 a lotus. -2 Sārasa. -रुहः, हम्, a lotus; विपुलिनाम्बुरुहा न सरिद्वधूः Ki.5.1. (-हा) N. of the land-lotus plant (स्थलपद्मिनी). -रोहिणी a lotus. -वाची [अम्बु तद्वर्षणं वाचयति सूचयति] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 1th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Āṣāḍha when it is supposed to be unclean (रजस्वला इव) and agriculture is prohibited; Brav. P.2.77. ˚प्रदः the 1th day; ˚त्यागः 13th day. -वासिनी, -वासी N. of a plant (पाटला), the trumpet flower. -वाहः [अम्बु वहतीति] 1 a cloud; तडित्वन्त- मिवाम्बुवाहम् Ki.3.1; भर्तुर्मित्रं प्रियमविधवे विद्धि मामम्बुवाहम् Me. 11. -2 a lake. -3 water-bearer. -4 the number 17. -5 a sort of grass. -वाहिन् a. carrying or conveying water. -m. 1 a cloud. -2 = मुस्तक. (-नी) 1 a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. -2 a woman fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. -विहारः sporting in water. -विस्रवा = घृतकुमारी. -वेग a. flowing quickly; यथानदीनां बहवो$म्बुवेगाः Bg.11.28. -वेतसः a kind of cane or reed growing in water. (Mar. लव्हाळा). -शिरीषिका N. of plant. -सरणम् flow or current of water. -सर्पिणी a leech (अम्बुनि सर्पति). -सेचनी a wooden baling vessel. | | | ayodhya | अयोध्य a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; अद्यायोध्या महावाहो अयोध्या प्रतिभाति नः Rām. -ध्या The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Śarayu. अलमुपहितशोभां तूर्णमायादयोध्याम् । Bk. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata lived governing the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (अयोध्याकाण्ड) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.] | | | alakaḥ | अलकः [अल-क्वुन्, अलति भूषयति मुखम्] 1 A curl lock of hair, hair in general; ललाटिकाचन्दनधूसरालका Ku.5. 55; अस्पृष्टालकवेष्टनौ R.1,42;4.54; अलकभङ्गतां गतः K.4; अलके बालकुन्दानुविद्धम् Me.67 (the word is n. also, as appears from a quotation of Malli. : स्वभाववक्राण्यलकानि तासाम्). -2 Curls on the fore-head; ...अलकः पुरोलम्बनकुन्तले Nm. -3 Saffron besmeared on the body. -4 mad dog (for अलर्क). -का A girl from eight to ten years of age. -2 N. of the capital of Kubera (situated on a peak of the Himālaya above the peak of Meru, inhabited also by Śiva), and of the lord of the Yakśas; अलकामतिवाह्यैव Ku.6.37; विभाति यस्यां ललितालकायां मनोहरा वैश्रवणस्य लक्ष्मीः Bv.2.1; गन्तव्या ते वसतिरलका नाम यक्षेश्वराणाम् Me.7. -Comp. -अधिपः, -पतिः, -ईश्वरः 'lord of Alakā', N. of Kubera; अत्यजीवदमरालके- श्वरौ R.19.15. -अन्तः the end of a curl or ringlet; Śi. 4.9; उद्गृह | | | ātitheya | आतिथेय a. (-यी f.) [अतिथिषु साधुः ढञ्; अतिथये इदं ढक्] 1 Attentive to guests, hospitable (as a man); प्रत्युज्जगामातिथिमातिथेयः R.5.2,12.25 तमातिथेयी बहुमानपूर्वया Ku.5.31. -2 Proper for, or suited to, a guest, intended for a guest; अतिथेयः सत्कारः Ś.1. -यम् Hospitality; अतिथेयमनिवारितातिथिः Śi 14.38; Ms.3.18; सज्जातिथेया वयम् Mv.2.5. -यी Hospitality; Bv.1.85. | | | ātithya | आतिथ्य a. [अतिथेरिदं ष्यञ्] Hospitable, proper for a guest &c. (= आतिथेय); हविरातिथ्यम्, आतिथ्या इष्टिः &c. -थ्यः A guest. -थ्यम् or -थ्या 1 Hospitable reception, hospitality; तमातिथ्याक्रियाशान्तरथक्षोभपरिश्रमम् R.1.58. -2 a particular rite, the reception of Soma when it is brought to the sacrificial place (also called आतिथ्येष्टिः) -Comp. -रूप a. being in the place of the आतिथ्य sacrifice; आतिथ्यरूपं मासरम् Vāj.19.14 -सत्कारः, -सत्क्रिया the rites of hospitality. | | | ātura | आतुर a. [ईषदर्थे आ, अत्-उरच्] 1 Hurt, injured. -2 Suffering from, influenced or affected by, tormented, afflicted; रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा R.12.32; Ku.4. 25; so काम˚, भय˚, व्याधि˚ &c. -3 Sick (in body or mind), disabled, diseased; आकाशेशास्तु विज्ञेया बालवृद्धकृशातुराः Ms.4.184,6.77. -4 Eager, over-anxious; M.2. -5 Weak, feeble, incapable of doing anything. -रः 1 A patient, one suffering from a disease V.3; आतुराणां चिकित्सकाः Pt.1.155. -2 Illness, disease; आतुरे व्यसने प्राप्ते Pt.5.41. -Comp. -शाला an hospital. -संन्यासः a kind of संन्यास (taken by a person when sick and grown hopeless of life). | | | ānartaḥ | आनर्तः [आनृत्यत्यत्र आधारे घञ्] 1 A stage, theatre, a dancing-hall. -2 War, battle. -3 N. of a king of the solar race. -4 N. of a country or its inhabitants, or its kings. (It was also called Saurāṣtra and may be identified with the modern Kathewar. Dwārakā was its capital, which is called Ānartanagarī. There was also an important town called Valabhī-which afterwards became its capital. The celebrated Tīrtha called Prabhāsa also stood in the same peninsula.) -र्तम् 1 Water. -2 Dancing (m. also) cf. आनर्तः समरे नृत्तस्थाननीवृद्विशेषयोः Nm. -Comp. -पुरम्, -नगरी the capital of the Ānarta country. | | | ārogyam | आरोग्यम् (अरोगस्य भावः ष्यञ्] Freedom from disease, good health; लघुत्वमारोग्यमलोलुपत्वम् Śvet.2.13. -Comp. -अम्बु n. Healthful water. -चिन्तामणिः N. of a work. -प्रतिपद्व्रतम् A ceremony for gaining health. -शाला a hospital. | | | āvas | आवस् 1 P. (With acc.) 1 To inhabit, dwell in; रविमावसते सतां क्रियायै V.3.7; पुरीमिमामावसत् Rām.; sometimes with loc.; Ms.7.69; रम्यं पशव्यमाजीव्यं जाङ्गलं देशमावसेत् Y.1.321. -2 To be occupied or engaged, enter upon; गृहस्थाश्रमम् Ms.3.2. -3 To take part carnally; cohabit. गुरोस्तल्पमावसन् Ch. up.5.1.9. -4 To pass, spend (as night). -Caus. 1 To allow one to dwell, receive hospitably. -2 To inhabit, settle in a place. -3 To halt or encamp (for the night). | | | āveśika | आवेशिक a. (-की f.) [आवेश-ठञ्] 1 Peculiar, one's own (असाधारण). -2 Inherent. -कः A guest, visitor. -कम् 1 Entering into. -2 Hospitality. | | | āhuta | आहुत p. p. Offered to the gods, sacrificed. -तम् 1 An offering made to men, hospitality. -2 The nourishment of all created beings (भूतयज्ञ or मनुष्ययज्ञ), regarded as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindus cf. पञ्चमहायज्ञ. | | | iṅgita | इङ्गित p. p. Moved, shaken. -तम् [भावे-क्त] 1 Palpitation, shaking. -2 Internal thought, inward thought or secret aim, intention, purpose; ˚आकारवेदिभिः K.7; Pt.1.43; अगूढसद्भावमितीङ्गितज्ञया Ku.5.62; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य गूढाकारेङ्गितस्य च R.1.2; Śi.9.69. -3 A hint, sign, gesture; आकारैरिङ्गितैर्गत्या Pt.1.44. -4 Particularly, the gesture or motion of the various limbs of the body indicating one's intentions; gesture suited to betray internal feelings; आकारैरिङ्गितैर्गत्या गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Ms.8. 26. cf. इङ्गितं हृद्गतो भावो बहिराकार आकृतिः । सज्जनः -Comp. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in the interpretation of internal sentiments by external gestures, understanding signs. | | | indraḥ | इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses.
Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received
the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag
raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament. | | | ucchvas | उच्छ्वस् 2 P. 1 To breathe, live; आत्मेच्छया न शक्य- मुच्छ्वसितुमपि K.175; Ve.5.15; Ms.3.72; अनुच्छ्वस्य without breathing, in one breath. -2 To take heart or courage, cheer up, revive, breathe a sigh of relief; नाद्याप्युच्छ्वसिति U.3,7; त्वत्सन्निधावुच्छ्वसितीव चेतः Ki.3.8 is delighted; Śi.18.58; Ratn.4; दिगन्तः Ki.9.21. -3 To open, bloom (as a lotus); नोच्छ्वसिति तपनकिरणैः (कुमुदम्) V.3.16; M.2.11; Śi.1.58,11.15. -4 To take a deep breath, pant, sigh deeply; निष्पिष्टः कोष्ण- मुच्छ्रवसन् Bk.6.12,14.55. -5 To throb, heave, palpitate. -6 To be loosened or relaxed. -Caus. 1 To cause to breathe. -2 To console, cheer up, delight, give rest; उच्छ्वासयन्त्यः श्लथबन्धनानि; Ṛs.6.8; U.3; Śi.9.34. -3 To loosen, relax, disjoin; दशमुखभुजोच्छ्वासितप्रस्थसन्धिः Me.6. | | | ujjaya | उज्जय (यि) नी N. of a city, the modern Ujjain in Mālvā, the capital of Vikramāditya. It is one of the seven sacred cities of the Hindus (cf. अवन्ति), and the first meridian of their geographers from which they calculate longitude; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणयविमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27. | | | uttama | उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment. | | | udānaḥ | उदानः [अन्-घञ्] 1 Breathing upwards. -2 Breathing, breath in general. -3 One of the five vital airs or life-winds which rises up the throat and enters into the head); the other four being प्राण, अपान, समान and व्यान; स्पन्दयत्यधरं वक्त्रं गात्रनेत्रप्रकोपनः । उद्वेजयति मर्माणि उदानो नाम मारुतः ॥ -4 (With Buddhists) An expression of praise or joy. -5 The navel. -6 An eye-lash. -7 A kind of snake.
2. उदन् n. [उन्द्-कनिन् P.VI.1.63] Water (usually occurring in compounds either at the beginning or at the end, and as an optional substitute for उदक after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections. In comp. it drops its न्); e. g. उदधि, अच्छोद, क्षीरोद &c. -Comp. -आशयः A lake, tank; शरदुदाशये साधुजातसत्सरसिजोदरश्रीमुषा दृशा Bhāg.1.31.2. -ओदनः water-meal. -कीर्णः-र्यः N. of a tree (महाकरंज) the bark of which is rubbed and thrown in water to stun the fishes). -कुम्भः a water-jar; Ms.2.182,3.68. तपःकृशः शान्त्युदकुम्भहस्तः Bk. -ग्राभः Holding water, a cloud (Ved.) उदग्राभस्य नमयन् वधस्नैः Rv.9.97.15. -कोष्ठः A water-jar. -ज a. aquatic, watery, produced in or by water. -जम् A lotus; एतद्धृषीकचषकैरसकृत्पिबामः शर्वादयो$ङजमध्वमृतासवंध्ऱ्यु ते Bhāg.1.14.33. -धानः [उदकं धीयते अत्र] 1 a water-jar. -2 a cloud. -धिः [उदकानि धीयन्ते$त्र धा-कि उदादेशः] 1 the receptacle of waters, ocean; उदधेरिव निम्नगाशतेष्वभवन्नास्य विमानना क्वचित् R.8.8. -2 a cloud. -3 a lake, any large reservoir of water. -4 a water-jar. -5 a symbolical expression for the number 4 or 7. ˚कन्या, तनया, सुता Lakṣmī, the daughter of the ocean (produced from the ocean among the 14 jewels). ˚क्रमः, -क्राः m. a voyager, mariner. ˚मलः 1 cuttle-fish-bone. -2 the foam of the ocean. ˚मेखला or ˚वस्त्रा the earth (girdled by the ocean, sea-girt). ˚राजः the king of waters, i. e. the chief ocean. ˚संभवम् sea-salt. ˚सुता N. of Lakṣmī; and of Dvārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa (said to have been reclaimed from the ocean). -नेमि a. Rimmed by the ocean. -प a. crossing the water (as a boat). -पात्रम्, -त्री a water-jug, vessel; Ms.3.96. -पानः, -नम् a small pool or pond near a well, or the well itself; K.5. यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः संप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46. ˚मण्डूकः (lit.) a frog in a well; (fig.) one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -पीतिः f. A place for drinking water. -पेषम् a paste, anything ground with water. (-पम्) ind. P.III.4.38 and P.VI.3.28. by grinding in water. -प्रुत् a. Ved. causing water to flow; swimming or splashing in water (?). -प्लवः Waterflood (जलप्रलय); Bhāg 12.4.13. (v. l. for उपप्लव). -प्लुत a. swimming in water. उदप्लुतमिव दार्वहीनाम् Av.1.4.3. -बिन्दुः a drop of water; (प्रपेदिरे) चिरेण नाभि प्रथमोद- बिन्दवः Ku.5.24. -भारः 1 a water-carrier, i. e. a cloud. -2 Water current (पूर); यमस्वसुश्चित्र इवोदभारः (रराज) Śi.3.11. -मन्थः barley-water; a particular mixture; Mb.13.64.26. -मानः, -नम् a fiftieth part of an आढक q. v. -मेघः 1 a watery cloud. -2 a shower of rain; तुग्रो ह भुज्युमश्विनोदमेघे Rv.1.116.3. -मेहिन् a. Having watery urine or diabetes. -लाव- णिक a. salted, prepared with brine, briny. -वज्रः 1 a thunder shower; water-spout. -2 thunderbolt in the form of water; भिन्दानो हृदयमसाहि नोदवज्रः Śi.8.39. -वाप
one who offers waters to the manes. -वासः standing or residence in water; सहस्यरात्रीरुदवासतत्परा Ku.5.26. (-सम्) a house on the borders of a stream or pond. -वासिन् a. standing in water; K.23. -वाह a. bringing water; दिवा चित् तमः कृण्वन्ति पर्जन्येनोदवाहेन Rv.1.38.9. (-हः) a cloud. -वाहनम् 1 a water-vessel. -2 A cloud. -वावधः a yoke for carrying water. -शरावः a jar filled with water; उदशराव आत्मानवेक्ष्य. -शुद्धः a water-jar. -श्वित् n. [उदकन जलेन श्वयति] butter-milk containing fifty per cent water; (i. e. 2 parts of butter-milk and 1 part of water); श्रेयस्तैलं हि पिण्याकाद् घृतं श्रेय उदश्वितः Mb.12.167.35. -स्थानम् 1 a place full of water. -4 residence in water. -स्थाली a kettle, vessel for holding water. -हरणः a vessel for drawing water. -हार a. fetching or carrying water. (-रः) a cloud (watercarrier). | | | udaya | उदय a. (In gram.) Following, coming after or upon (as a letter, accent &c.); उदयशब्दः परशब्दसमानार्थः प्रातिशाख्येषु प्रसिद्धः. -यः 1 Rise (fig. also); चन्द्रोदय इवोदधेः R.12.36,2.73; going upwards, ascending (as of the sun, stars &c.). -2 (a) Rising up, coming forth; द्रविण˚ acquisition of wealth; Pt.2; so भाग्य˚ dawn of fortune; Amaru.25; स्वगुणोदयेन Pt.1.94. (b) Appearance,
becoming visible, production; घनोदयः प्राक् Ś.7.3; मेघ˚ Ku.6.54; हसितमन्यनिमित्तकृतोदयम् Ś.2.12 raised from some other cause; Amaru.88; Ś.7.8; फलोदय R.1.5; rising or accomplishment of the fruit; Ms.3.169; K.3.18. -3 Creation (opp. प्रलय); यः सिन्धूनामुपोदये Rv.8.41.2. यौ तौ स्वप्नावबोधौ तौ भूतानां प्रलयो- दयौ Ku.2.8. -4 The eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise); ददर्श पिङ्गाधिपतेरमात्यं वाता- त्मजं सूर्यमिवोदयस्थम् Rām.5.31.18. यौर्यत्र दृश्यते भास्वान्स तेषामुदयः स्मृतः; उदयगूढशशाङ्कमरीचिभिः V.3.6. -5 Advance- ment, prosperity, rise; (opp. व्यसन), तेजोद्वयस्य युगपद्- व्यसनोदयाभ्याम् Ś.4.2; उदये मदावाच्यमुञ्झता R.8.84; K.5; importance, celebrity; ˚उन्मुखे त्वयि R.11.73. -6 Elevation, exaltation, rise; growth; उदयमस्तमयं च रघू- द्वहात् R.9.9; तमुदयाय नवा नवयौवना 7; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिः Śi 2.3,11.6. -7 Result, consequence; असुखोदयं कर्म Ms.4.7; Amaru.47; following; नोदात्तस्वरितोदयम् P.VIII.4.67. -8 Accomplishment, fulfilment; उपस्थितो- दयम् R.3.1; प्रारम्भसदृशोदयः 1.15. -9 Profit, advantage. -1 Income, revenue; Ms.7.55; Y.2.43. -11 Interest, consideration paid for the use of money; Y.2.67,146. -12 Light, splendour. -13 Outlet, exit. -14 Beginning; अभिगम्योदयं तस्य कार्यस्य प्रत्यवेदयत् Mb.3.282.22. -15 Efficacy, influence; पर्याप्तः परवीरघ्न यशस्यस्ते बलोदयः Rām. 5.56.11. -16 Birthday celebration; हस्ते गृहीत्वा सहराम- मच्युतं नीत्वा स्ववाटं कृतवत्यथोदयम् Bhāg.1.11.2. -17 The first lunar mansion; the orient sine. -Comp. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -गिरिः, -पर्वतः, -शैलः the eastern mountain behind which the sun, moon &c are supposed to rise; उदयगिरिवनालीबालमन्दारपुष्पम् Udb.; श्रितोदयाद्रेरभिसा- यमुच्चकैः Śi.1.16; तत उदयगिरेरिवैक एव Māl.2.1. -इन्दुः The town इन्द्रप्रस्थ; पुरे कुरूणामुदयेन्दुनाम्नि Mb.7.23.29. -उन्मुख a. About to rise, expecting prosperity. -क्रमः Gradual rise; नाडीनाम् Māl.5.2. by gradually inflating or filling with wind the Nādīs, (as in the act of restraining the wind). -ज्या f. See उदय (17). -पुरम् N. of the capital of Mārwār. -प्रस्थः the plateau of the mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -प्राणः (pl.) A particular measure of time. -राशिः The constellation in which the planet is seen when on the horizon. | | | upajalp | उपजल्प् 1 P. 1 To talk to, converse with, chatter. -2 To advise.
उपजल्पनम् upajalpanam उपजल्पितम् upajalpitam
उपजल्पनम् उपजल्पितम् A talk; इदमेव स्मराम्यस्याः सहसैवोपजल्पितम् Rām.2.6.14. | | | upaplavyam | उपप्लव्यम् N. of the capital of the Matsyas; Mb. | | | upasvatvam | उपस्वत्वम् Revenue, profit (derived from land or capital). | | | oṣadhiḥ | ओषधिः धी f. [ओषः पाको धीयते अत्र-धा-कि Tv.] 1 A herb, plant (in general); ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; cf. संजीवन˚. -2 A medicinal plant or drug. -3 An annual plant or herb which dies after becoming ripe. -Comp. -ईशः, -गर्भः, -नाथः the moon (as presiding over and feeding plants); cf. पुष्णामि चौषधीः सर्वाः सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13; R.2.73; Ku.7.1; Ś.4.2. -ज a. produced from plants. (-जः) fire; ज्वलयतौषधिजेन कृशानना Ki.5.14. -धरः, -पतिः 1 a dealer in medicinal drugs. -2 a physician. -3 the moon; अमृतद्रवैर्विदधदब्ज- दृशामपमार्गमोषधिपतिः स्म करैः Śi.9.36 (where it means 'physician' also). -4 The Soma plant. -5 Camphor. -प्रस्थः the capital of Himālaya; तत्प्रयातौषधिप्रस्थं स्थितये हिमवत्पुरम् Ku.6.33,36. -वनस्पतिम् Herbs and trees. | | | kaṭakaḥ | कटकः कम् 1 A bracelet of gold; कटकाकृतिमुपमृद्य स्वस्तिकः क्रियन्ते Mbh. on I.1.1. आबद्धहेमकटकां रहसि स्मरामि Ch. P.15; Śi.16.77; कटकान्यूर्मिकाश्चापि चित्ररत्न- चयाङ्किताः Śiva. B.17.44. -2 A zone or girdle. -3 A string. -4 The link of a chain. -5 A mat. -6 seasalt. -7 The side or ridge of a mountain; प्रफुल्लवृक्षैः कटकैरिव स्वैः Ku.7.52; R.16.31. -8 Table-land; स्फटिककटकभूमिर्नाटयत्येष शैलः Śi.4.65. -9 An army, a camp; आकुल्यकारि कटकस्तुरगेण तूर्णम् Śi.5.59; Mu.5. -1 A royal capital or metropolis (राजधानी). -11 A house or dwelling. -12 A circle or wheel. -13 A ring placed as an ornament upon an elephant's tusk. -14 N. of the capital of Orissa. -Comp. -गृहः A lizard. | | | karvaṭaḥ | कर्वटः 1 The market-town or capital of a district (of two hundred villages). -2 declivity of a mountain; (also कर्वटक in this sense). -टम् A city. See खर्वट. | | | kalā | कला [कल्-कच्] A small part of anything; स एष संवत्सरः प्रजापतिः षोडशकलास्तस्य Bṛi. Up.1.5.14; विन्देम देवतां वाचममृतामात्मनः कलाम् U.1.1; a bit, jot; कलामप्यकृतपरि- लम्बः K.34; सर्वे ते मित्रगात्रस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Pt.2. 59; Ms.2.86,8.36; a sixteenth part; यथा कलं यथा शफं यथा ऋणं संनयामसि Rv.8.47,17; a symbolic expression of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36; Ku.5.71; Me.91. -3 Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतो निधिरम्भसामुपचयाय कलाः Śi.9.32. (where कला means 'digits' also). -4 A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb.1.25.14;12.137.21. -5 The 6th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. मातृवदस्याः कलाः Mbh. on P.IV.1.9. (See कामधेनु टीका on काव्यालङ्कारसूत्र 7.) -7 Skill, ingenuity. -8 Fraud, deceit. -9 (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. -1 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are :- आद्या मांसधरा प्रोक्ता द्वितीया रक्तधारिणी । मेदोधरा तृतीया तु चतुर्थीं श्लेष्मधारिणी ॥ पञ्चमी च मलं धत्ते षष्टी पित्तधरा मता । रेतोधरा सप्तमी स्यात् इति सप्त कलाः स्मृताः ॥ -13 An atom. -14 A term
for the embryo. -15 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also कलाभागः); Mātaṅga L.3.2. -16 Enumeration. -17 A form (स्वरूप); लीलया दधतः कलाः Bhāg. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (शक्ति); संहृत्य कालकलया कल्पान्त इदमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.9.16. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; मासे शतस्य यदि पञ्च कलान्तरं स्यात् Līlā. -अयनः a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -आकुलम् deadly poison. -केलि a. gay, wanton. (-लिः) an epithet of Kāma. -क्षयः waning (of the moon); R.5.16. -धरः, -निधिः, -पूर्णः the moon; अहो महत्त्वं महतामपूर्वं विपत्तिकाले$पि परो- पकारः । यथास्यमध्ये पतितो$पि राहोः कलानिधिः पुण्यचयं ददाति ॥ Udb. -न्यासः a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -भृत् m. 1 the moon. कला च सा कान्तिमती कलाभृतः Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c. | | | kāyaḥ | कायः यम् [चीयते$स्मिन् अस्थ्यादिकमिति काय; चि-घञ् आदेः ककारः P.III.3.41. Sk.] 1 The body; विभाति कायः करुणापराणां परोपकारैर्न तु चन्दनेन Bh.2.71; कायेन मनसा बुद्ध्या Bg.5.11; so कायेन, वाचा, मनसा &c. -2 The trunk of a tree. -3 The body of a lute (the whole lute except the wires). -4 A multitude, assemblage, collection. -5 Principal, capital. -6 Home, residence, habitation. -7 A butt, a mark. -8 Natural temperament. -यम् (with or without तीर्थ) The part of the hand just below the fingers, especially the little finger, or the last two fingers (this part being considered sacred to Prajāpati is called प्रजापतितीर्थ; cf. Ms.2.58-59). -यः One of the eight forms of marriage, generally known as प्राजापत्य q. v.; स कायः पावयेत्तज्जः Y.1.6; Ms.3.38. -Comp. -अग्निः the digestive faculty. मनः कायाग्निमाहन्ति Maitri. Up.7.11. -क्लेशः bodily suffering or pain; कायक्ले- शभयात्त्येजत् Bg.18.8. -उत्सर्गः a kind of religious austerity in Jainas. -चिकित्सा the third of the eight departments of medical science, treatment of diseases affecting the whole body. -दण्डः a complete command over one's body; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -मानम् measurement of the body. -बन्धनम् 1 girdle. -2 the union of semen virile and blood. -वलनम् an armour. -स्थः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the writer-caste (born from a क्षत्रिय father and a शूद्र mother). कायस्थेनोदरस्थेन मातु- र्मांसं न भक्षितम् । दयावृत्तिर्न चैवात्र दन्ताभावो हि कारणम् ॥ Subhāṣ. -3 a man of that caste; कायस्थ इति लध्वी मात्रा Mu.1; Y.1.336; Mk.9. (-स्था) 1 a woman of that caste. -2 the Myrobalan tree (Mar. हिरडा). (-स्थी) the wife of a कायस्थ. -स्थित a. corporeal, bodily. | | | kāyaka | कायक (-यिका f.), कायिक (-की f.) a. [काय-ठक्] Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal; कायिकतपः Ms.12.8. -का Interest (whatever is given for the use of money); Ms.8.153. -Comp. -वृद्धिः f. 1 interest consisting in the use of any animal or capital stock pawned. -2 interest of which the payment does not affect the principal, or the use of the body of an animal pledged by the person to whom it is pledged. | | | kiśoraḥ | किशोरः [Uṇ.1.65] 1 A colt, cub, the young of any animal; केसरिकिशोरः &c. ततः किशोरा म्रियन्ते Av.12. 4.7. -2 A youth, lad, a boy below fifteen, a minor in law (अप्राप्तव्यवहारः); न बालो न किशोरस्त्वं बलश्च बलिनां वरः Bhāg.1.43.39. -3 The sun. -री 1 A young one of any animal (as horse), mare; उद्दामेव किशोरी नियतिः खलु प्रत्येषितुं याति Mk.1.19. -2 A maiden, a young woman. -3 A daughter; भजामस्त्वां गौरीं नगपतिकिशोरीमविरतम् Sundaralaharī.
किष्किन्धः kiṣkindhḥ न्ध्यः ndhyḥ
किष्किन्धः न्ध्यः [P.VI.1.157.] 1 N. of a country. -2 N. of a mountain situated in that country. -न्धा, -न्ध्या N. of a city, the capital of Kiṣkindha. किष्किन्धा- काण्डम् N. of the fourth book of Rāmāyaṇa. | | | kuṇḍinam | कुण्डिनम् पुरम् N. of a city, the capital of the Vidarbhas. | | | kuśaḥ | कुशः a. 1 Wicked, vile, depraved. -2 Mad. -शः 1 A kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential requisite of several religious ceremonies; पवित्रार्थे इमे कुशाः Śrāddha Mantra; कुशपूतं प्रवयास्तु विष्टरम् R.8.18, 1.49,95. -2 N. of the elder son of Rāma. [He was one of the twin sons of Rāma, born after Sītā had been ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light of this world. He, with Lava was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and the two boys were taught to repeat the Rāmāyaṇa, the epic of the poet. Kuśa was made by Rāma king of Kuśāvatī, and he lived there for some time after his father's death. But the presiding deity of the old capital Ayodhyā presented herself to him in his dream and besought him not to slight her. Kuśa then returned to Ayodhya; see R.16.3-42.] -3 A rope of Kuśa grass for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole. -4 One of the great Dvīpas; Bhāg.5.1.32. -शा 1 A plank for covering anything. -2 A piece of wood. -3 A horse's bridle. -शी A sort of ladle. -2 Wrought iron. -3 Ploughshare. -4 A pod of cotton. -5 A piece of Udumbara wood used for counting the number of Sāmans in a Stotra; औदुम्बरे स्त्रियाम् । छन्दोगस्तोत्रगणनाशङ्कासु ...... Nm. -शम् Water; as in कुशेशय q. v. ह्रदश्च कुशवानेष यत्र पद्मं कुशेशयम् Mb.3.13.18. -Comp. -अक्षः a monkey. -अग्रम् the sharp point of a blade of the Kuśa grass; hence often used in comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd', 'penetrating' as intellect. ˚बुद्धि a. having a penetrating intellect, sharp, shrewd; (अपि) कुशाग्रबुद्धे कशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -अग्रीय a. penetrating, sharp; कुरु बुद्धिं कुशाग्रीयां ... ... Bk.5.15. -अङ्गुली, -रीयम् a ring of Kuśa grass worn at religious ceremonies. -अरणिः N. of Durvāsas. -आकरः the sacrificial fire. -आसनम् a seat or mat of Kuśa grass; अक्षमालापवृत्तिज्ञा कुशासनपरिग्रहा । शांभवीव तनुः कस्य न वन्द्या दौर्जनी सभा ॥ Udb. -उदकम् water in which Kuśa grass has been infused; Ms.11.212. -कण्डिका f. a type of संस्कार of the Vedic sacrificial fire. -चीरम् a garment of Kuśa grass; (प्रगृह्य) कैकेय्याः कुशचिरे ते जानकी शुभलक्षणा Rām.2.37.1. -ध्वजः the younger brother of Janaka; तौ कुशध्वजसुते सुमध्यमे R.11.54. -मुष्टिः f. a handful of Kuśa grass कुशमुष्टिमुपादाय लवं चैव तु स द्विजः Rām.7.66.6. -स्थलम् N. of a place in the North of India; perhaps Kanoj; Ve.1. (-ली) N. of the town Dvārakā. रथं समारोप्य ययुः कुशस्थलीम् Bhāg.1. 61.41. -2 N. of the town उज्जयिनी. | | | kuśāvatī | कुशावती N. of a city; The capital of Kuśa, Rāma's son; see कुश; cf. कुशावतीं श्रोत्रियसात् स कृत्वा R.16.25,15.97. | | | koṭiḥ | कोटिः टी f. [कुट्-इञ्] 1 The curved end of a bow; भूमिनिहितैककोटिकार्मुकम् R.11.81; U.4.29. -2 The end or extremity, edge or point in general; सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32; अङ्गदकोटिलग्नम् R.6.14;7.46;8.36. -3 The edge or point of a weapon. -4 The highest point, excess, pitch, climax, excellence; परां कोटिमानन्दस्याध्यगच्छन् K.369; so कोपकोटिमापन्ना Pt.4; excessively angry; कल्याणीं कलयामि कञ्जनिलयां कल्याणकोटिस्थिताम् Viś. Guṇā.275. -5 The horns or digits of the moon; आवर्जितजटामौलिविलम्बिशशि- कोटयः Ku.2.26. -6 Ten millions, a crore; वित्तस्य विद्यापरि- संख्यया मे कोटीश्चतस्रो दश चाहरेति R.5.21;12.82; Ms.6.63. -7 The complement of an arc to 9˚ (in math.). -8 The perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle (in math.). -9 A class, department, kingdom; मनुष्य˚, प्राणि˚ &c. -1 One side of a question in dispute, an alternative. -11 The pinnacle, peak (शिखर); कोटिं तस्य समुद्रस्य काञ्चनीं शतयोजनाम् Rām.4.42.19. -Comp. -ईश्वरः a millionaire; ततः कोटीश्वराख्येन वणिजा स समं ययौ Ks.56.64; नवनवतिशतद्रव्यकोटीश्वरास्ते नन्दाः ... हताः पश्यतो राक्षसस्य Mu. -जित् m. an epithet of Kālidāsa. -जीवा, -ज्या the cosine of an angle in a right-angled triangle (in math.). -द्वयम् two alternatives. -पात्रम् a rudder. -पालः the guard of a stronghold. -वर्षम् N. of the capital of the demon-chief Bāṇa. -वेधिन् a. (lit.) striking a point; (fig.) performing the most difficult things; कोटिवेधिनि सिद्धे हि Rāj. T.1.11. -श्रीः an epithet of Durgā. -होमः a kind of sacrificial offering. | | | gṛham | गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are
ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a
householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house. | | | grah | ग्रह् 9 U. (In Vedic literature ग्रभ्; गृह्णति, जग्राह, अग्र- हीत्, ग्रहीतुम्, गृहीत caus. ग्राहयति; desid. जिवृक्षति) 1 To seize, take, take or catch hold of, lay hold of, catch, grasp; तयोर्जग्रहतुः पादान् राजा राज्ञी च मागधी R.1.57; आलाने गृह्यते हस्ती वाजी वल्गासु गृह्यते Mk.1.5; तं कण्ठे जग्राह K.363. पाणिं गृहीत्वा, चरणं गृहीत्वा &c. -2 To receive, take, accept, exact; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.124; 9.162. -3 To apprehend, capture, take prisoner. बन्दिग्राहं गृहीत्वा V.1; यांस्तत्र चोरान् गृह्णीयात् Ms.8.34. -4 To arrest, stop, catch; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35. -5 To captivate, attract; महाराजगृहीत- हृदयया मया V.4; हृदये गृह्यते नारी Mk.1.5; माधुर्यमीष्टे हरिणान् ग्रहीतुम् R.18.13. -6 To win over, persuade, induce to one's side; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् Chāṇ.33; Pt.1.69,184. -7 (Hence) To please, gratify, satisfy, propitiate; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानुभावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17,33. -8 To affect; seize or possess (as a demon, spirit &c.); as in पिशाचगृहीत, वेतालगृहीत. -9 To assume, take; द्युतिमग्रहीद् ग्रहगणः Śi.9.23; Bk.19.29. -1 To learn, know, recognize, understand; युवतीजनैर्जग्रहे मुनि- प्रभावः Ki.1.8; Pt.1.43. -11 To regard, consider, believe, take for; मयापि मृत्पिण्डबुद्धिना तथैव गृहीतम् Ś.6; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; Mu.3. -12 To catch or perceive (as by an organ of sense); ज्यानिनादमथ गृह्णती तयोः R.11.15. -13 To master, grasp, comprehend; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमि- कायां कार्त्स्न्येन गृह्णाति लिपिं न यावत् R.18.46. -14 To guess, conjecture, infer; नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च गृह्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Ms.8.26. -15 To utter, mention (as a name); यदि मयान्यस्य नामापि न गृहितम् K.35; न तु नामापि गृह्णीयात् पत्यौ प्रेते परस्य तु Ms.5.157. -16 To buy, purchase; कियता मूल्येनैतत्पुस्तकं गृहीतम् Pt.2; Y.2.169; Ms.8.21. -17 To deprive (one) of, take away from, rob or seize away; यथा रणे प्राणान् बहूनामग्रहीद् द्विषाम् Bk.9.9;15.63. -18 To wear, put on (as clothes &c.); वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. -19 To conceive. -2 To observe (as a fast). -21 To eclipse. -22 To undertake, undergo, begin. -23 To take up, draw (water.); अपस्फुरं गृभायत सोममिन्द्राय पातवे Rv.8.69.1. -24 To stop, intercept. -25 To withdraw, draw back; यथोर्ण- नाभिः सृजते गृह्णते Muṇḍa.1.7. -26 To include. -27 To receive hospitably (as a guest). [The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is joined]. -Caus. 1 To cause to take, catch, seize or accept. -2 To give away in marriage; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 To teach, make one acquainted with. -4 To make one take, deliver over to. -5 To become familiar with; -With अनुसम् to salute humbly. -अप to take away, tear off. -अभि to seize forcibly. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (ग्रहति, ग्राहयति-ते) To take, receive, &c. | | | grāhya | ग्राह्य a. [ग्रह् ण्यत्] 1 To be taken or seized &c., see ग्रह्. -2 To be understood; इन्द्रियग्राह्यः Ms.1.7. -3 Acceptable; सा सेवा या प्रभुहिता ग्राह्या वाक्यविशेषतः Pt.1.46. -3 To be received in a hospitable manner. -5 To be admitted in evidence; स्वभावेनैव यद्ब्रूयुस्तद् ग्राह्यं व्यावहारिकम् Ms.8.78. -ह्यम् 1 A present. -2 The object of sensual perception. -ह्यः An eclipsed globe (sun or moon). | | | campakāluḥ | चम्पकालुः The jack or bread-fruit tree.
चम्पकावती campakāvatī चम्पा campā चम्पावती campāvatī
चम्पकावती चम्पा चम्पावती N. of an ancient city on the Ganges, capital of the Aṅgas and identified with the modern Bhagalapur. | | | campā | चम्पा f. 1 The capital of the country of Aṅga i. e. Bhagalapur. | | | cal | चल् I. 1 P. (चलति, rarely चलते, चचाल, अचालीत्, चलितुम्, चलित) 1 To shake, tremble, move, throb, palpitate, stir; छिन्नाश्चेलुः क्षणं भुजाः Bk.14.4; सपक्षोद्रि- रिवाचालीत् 15.24;6.84. -2 (a) To go, move on, walk, stir or move (from one's place); पदात्पदमपि चलितुं न शक्नोति Pt.4; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Chāṇ.32; चचाल बाला स्तनभिन्नवल्कला Ku.5.84; Mk.1.56. (b) To proceed (on one's way), depart, set out, start off; चेलुश्चीरपरिग्रहाः Ku.6.92 v. l. -3 To be affected, to be disturbed, confused or disordered (as mind), be agitated or perturbed; मुनेरपि यतस्तस्य दर्शनाच्चलते मनः Pt.1.4; लोभेन बुद्धिश्चलति H.1.14. -4 To deviate or swerve (with abl.); चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29; to fall off, leave; Ms.7.15; Y.1.361. -Caus. (च- चा-लयति, चलित, चालित) 1 To cause to move, shake, stir; R.8.53. -2 To drive away, dismiss, remove or expel from; चाणक्ये चलिताधिकारविमुखे Mu.4.15. -3 To lead away from. -4 To cherish, foster (चालयति only). -5 To disturb, agitate; सुजनं जनाश्चलयितुं क ईशते Śi.15.4. -II. 6 P. (चलति, चलित) To sport, play, frolic about. | | | chinna | छिन्न p. p. [छिद्-क्त] 1 Cut, divided, rent, chopped, riven, torn, broken. -2 Destroyed, removed; see छिद् -3 Decaying, declining. -4 Exhausted, tired, fatigued. -न्ना A whore, harlot. -Comp. -केश a. shorn, shaven. -द्रुमः a riven tree. -द्वैध a. whose doubt is dispelled. -नासिक a. noseless. -भिन्न a. cut up through and through, mutilated, mangled, cut up. -मस्त, -मस्तक a. decapitated. (-स्ता, -का) a headless form of Durgā. -मूल a. cut up by the roots; R.7.43. -श्वासः a kind of asthma. -संशय a. 'one whose doubt is dispelled', free from doubt, confirmed. | | | jarā | जरा [जॄ-अङ् गुणः] (The word जरस् is optionally substituted for जरा before vowel terminations after acc. dual.) 1 Old age; कैकेयीशङ्कयेवाह पलितच्छद्मना जरा R.12. 2; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरया (जरसा) विना 1.23. -2 Decrepitude, infirmity, general debility consequent on old age. -3 Praise. -4 Digestion. -5 N. of a female demon; see जरासन्ध below. -6 Invoking, greeting. -Comp. -अवस्था decrepitude. -आतुर a. 1 infirm. -2 old. -जीर्ण a. old through age, debilitated, infirm; Bh.3.17. -पुष्ट = -जरासन्ध. -भीरुः the god of love, Cupid. -सन्धः N. of a celebrated king and warrior, son of Bṛihadratha. [According to a legend, he was born divided in two halves which were put together by a Rākṣasī called Jara, whence the boy was called Jarāsandha. He became king of Magadha and Chedi after his father's death. When he heard that Krisna had slain his son-in-law Kaṁsa, he gathered a large army and besieged Mathurā eighteen times, but was as often repulsed. When Yudhiṣṭhira performed the great Rājasuya sacrifice, Krisna, Arjuna and Bhīma went to the capital of Jarāsandha disguised as Brāhmaṇas, chiefly with the object of slaying their enemy and liberating the kings imprisoned by him. He, however, refused to release the kings, whereupon Bhīma challenged him to a single combat. The challenge was accepted; a hard fight ensued, but Jarāsandha was at last overpowered and slain by Bhīma.] -सुतः Jarāsandha; जरासुतस्तावभिसृत्य माधवौ Bhāg.1.5.21. | | | jāta | जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber. | | | tuṣaḥ | तुषः [तुष्-क] 1 The husk or chaff of grain; अजानतार्थं तत्सर्वं (अध्ययनं) तुषाणां कण्डनं यथा; Ms.4.78. -2 The Bibhītaka tree. -3 Fault; L. D. B. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 fire of the chaff or husk of corn. -2 a mode of capital punishment consisting in twisting straw round the limbs of a criminal and then setting it on fire. -अम्बु n., -उदकम्, -उत्थम् sour rice-gruel or barley gruel. -ग्रहः, -सारः fire. | | | tri | त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत-
स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three
ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three
Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old. | | | dakṣa | दक्ष a. [दक्ष्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; नाट्ये च दक्षा वयम् Ratn.1.6; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; R.12.11. -2 Fit, suitable; दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथाध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -3 Ready, careful, attentive, prompt; Y.1.76; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11. -4 Honest, upright. -क्षः 1 N. of a celebrated Prajāpti. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see कश्यप. At one time Daksa celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Satī, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Satī, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku.1.21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it and pursued Dakṣa
who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground when lo ! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Dakṣa's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Dakṣa himself; Ms.9.128-29.] -2 A cock. -3 Fire. -4 The bull of Śiva. -5 A lover attached to many mistresses. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Mental power, ability, capacity. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The right side or part; वामतो जानकी यस्य दक्षभागे च लक्ष्मणः -1 Ability, power, fitness. -11 Strength of will, energy, resoluteness. -12 Strength, power. -13 Bad disposition, wickedness; मा सख्युर्दक्षं रिपोर्भुजेम Rv.4.3.13. -क्षा 1 The earth. -2 An epithet of the Ganges. -क्षम् Strength, vigour. -Comp. -अध्वरध्वंसकः, क्रतु- ध्वंसिन्, -मथनः, -विध्वंसः Śiva; Hch.3. -m. epithets of Śiva. -कन्या, -जा, तनया, -यज्ञविनाशिनी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a lunar mansion. -जापतिः 1 the moon -2 Śiva. -सावर्णः (र्णिः) N. of the 9th Manu; नवमो दक्षसावर्णिर्मनुर्वरुणसंभवः Bhāg.8.13.18. -सुतः a god. (-ता) a lunar mansion. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33. | | | daṇḍaḥ | दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the
manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama. | | | dardru | दर्द्रु (र्द्रू) ण a. Herpetic.
दर्पः darpḥ दर्पण darpaṇa दर्पित darpita
दर्पः दर्पण दर्पित &c. See under दृप्. | | | daśan | दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1. -Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271. (-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1. -2 a water-melon. -अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12. -अर्ध a. five, (-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha. -अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu. -2 Buddha. -अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार. -अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11. -अश्वः the moon. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75. -आमयः an epithet of Rudra. -इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs. -ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116. -एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent. -कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29. -कर्मन् n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes. -कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin. -क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk. -गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger. -गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53. -ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books. -ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m., -पः a superintendent of ten villages. -ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages. -ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v. -चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27. -धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.). -पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfections', an epithet of Buddha. -पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49. -बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also ˚बन्धक; Y.2.76. -बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha. -बाहुः an epithet of Śiva. -भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā. -मालिकाः (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 the people or rulers of this country. -मास्य a. 1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8. -2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth). -मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87. -मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman). -मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण). -योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14. -रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina. -रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29. -रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days. -रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama. -रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43. -णम् ten marks or attributes. -लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137. -वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः). -वाजिन् m. the moon. -वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24. -विध a. of ten kinds. -शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1. -2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47. -शती a thousand. -स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand. -हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins). -2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha. -3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina. | | | duṣyantaḥ | दुष्यन्तः N. of a king of the lunar race, descendant of Puru, husband of Śakuntalā and father of Bharata. [Once upon a time Duṣyanta, while hunting in the forest, went to the hermitage of the sage Kaṇva,
while pursuing a deer. There he was hospitably received by Śakuntalā, the adopted daughter of the sage, and her transcendent beauty made so great an impression on his mind that he prevailed on her to become his queen, and married her according to the Gāndharva form of marriage. Having passed some time in her company the king returned to his capital. After some months Śakuntalā was delivered of a son, and her father thought it advisable to send her with the boy to her husband. But when they went and stood before Duṣyanta, he (for fear of public scandal) denied all knowledge of having ever before seen or married her. But a heavenly voice told him that she was his lawful wife, and he thereupon admitted her; along with the boy, into his harem, and made her first queen. The happy pair lived to a good old age and committing the realm to the care of Bharata, retired to the woods. Such is the account of Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā given in the Mahābhārata; the story told by Kālidāsa differs in several important respects; see "Sakuntalā".] | | | droṇaḥ | द्रोणः [cf. Un. 3. 1.] 1 A lake 4 poles long. -2 A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket). को$यमेवंविधे काले कालपाशस्थिते मयि । अनावृष्टिहते शस्ये द्रोणमेघ इवोदितः ॥ Mk.1.26. -3 A raven or a carrion crow. -4 A scorpion. -5 A tree (in general). -6 A tree bearing (white) flowers. -7 N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛitāchī, was preserved by the sage in a droṇa. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was well-versed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He afterwards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīṣma had been mortally wounded-'lodged in the cage of darts'he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonderful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛiṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthaman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛiṣṇa, gave an evasive reply--uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added 'Gaja or elephant' in a very low tone; sec Ve.3.9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father
fell in a swoon, and Dhṛiṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head.] -णः, -णम् A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or 1/16 of a Khāri, or 32 or 64 shers; द्रोणस्तु खार्याः खलु षोडशांशः Lilā (Mar. अदमण). -णम् 1 A wooden vessel or cup, bucket; ततो$स्य रेतश्चस्कन्द तदृषिर्द्रोण आदधे Mb.1.13. 37. -2 A tub. -Comp. -आचार्यः see द्रोण above. -कलशः A kind of sacrificial vessel. -काकः, -काकलः a raven. -क्षीरा, -घा, -दुग्धा, -दुघा a cow yielding a droṇa of milk; सर्वा द्रोणदुघा गावो रामे राज्यं प्रशासति Mb.12.29.58. -गन्धिका a kind of plant (रासना). -मुखम् the capital of 4 villages; चतुःशतग्राम्या द्रोणमुखम् Kau. A.22. -मेघः see द्रोण (2) above. -वृष्टिः rain streaming forth from the द्रोण (cloud); अनावृष्टिहते सस्ये द्रोणवृष्टिरिवागता Mk.1.39. | | | dvāra | द्वार (रि) का N. of the capital of Kṛiṣṇa on the western point of Gujarath (for a description of Dvārakā, see Śi.3.33-63). -Comp. -ईशः, -नाथः, -पतिः epithets of Kṛiṣṇa.
द्वारवती dvāravatī द्वारावती dvārāvatī
द्वारवती द्वारावती = द्वारका q. v. | | | dhanam | धनम् [धन्-अच्] 1 Property, wealth, riches, treasure, money (gold, chattels &c.); धनं तावदसुलभम् H. 1; (fig. also) as in तपोधन, विद्याधन, &c. -2 (a) Any valued possession, an object of affection or endearment, dearest treasure; कष्टं जनः कुलधनैरनुरञ्जनीयः U.1.14; गुरोरपीदं धनमाहिताग्नेः R.2.44; मानधन, अभिमान˚ &c. (b) A valuable article; Ms.8.21,22. -3 Capital (opp. वृद्धि or interest). -4 A booty, prey, spoil. -5 The reward given to a victor in a combat, the prize won in a game. -6 A contest for prizes, a match. -7 The lunar mansion called धनिष्ठा -8 Surplus, residue. -9 (In math.) The affirmative quantity or plus (opp. ऋण). -1 A sound. -Comp. -अधिकारः right to property, right of inheriting property. -अधिकारिन् m. -अधिकृतः 1 a treasurer. -2 an heir. -अधिगोप्तृ m., -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -अध्यक्षः 1 an epithet of Kubera; अनुचेरण धनाधिपते रथो नगविलोकनविस्मितमानसः (स जगदे) Ki.5.16. धना- धिपेन विद्धस्य अनुह्रादस्य संयुगे Hariv.; यदस्माकं धनाध्यक्षः प्रभूतं धनमाहरत् Mb.179.18. -2 a treasurer. -अपहारः 1 fine. -2 plunder. -अर्चित a. 1 honoured with gifts of wealth, kept contented by valuable presents; मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. -2 wealthy, opulent. -अर्थिन् a. desiring or seeking for wealth, covetous, miserly. -आढ्य a. opulent, rich. -आदानम् acceptance of money; Ms.11.69. -आधारः a treasury. -आशा f. Desire for wealth; धनाशा जीविताशा च जीर्यतो$पि न जीर्यति Subhāṣ. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a treasurer. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -उष्मन् m. 1 warmth of wealth; cf. अर्थोष्मन्; -2 burning desire for wealth; Ms.9.231. -एषिन् m. a creditor who claims his money. -काम, -काम्य a. covetous, greedy. -केलिः an epithet of Kubera. -क्षयः loss of wealth; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Pt.2.178. -गर्व, -गर्वित a. purse-proud. -छूः the numidian crane. -जातम् all kinds of valuable possessions, aggregate property; सर्वेषां धनजातानामाददी- ताग्ऱ्यमग्रजः Ms.9.114. -द a. liberal. (-दः) 1 a liberal or munificent man. -2 an epithet of Kubera; जिगमिषुर्ध नदाध्युषितां दिशम् R.9.25;17.8. -3 N. of fire. -4 = धनञ्जय (4) q. v. ˚अनुजः an epithet of Rāvaṇa; R.12.52.88. -दण्डः punishment in the shape of a fine. -दायिन् m. fire. -धानी treasury. -धान्यम् 1 money and grain. -2 a spell for restraining certain magical weapons. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Kubera; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77,7. -2 a treasurer. -3 = धनञ्जय (4) q. v. -पालः 1 a treasurer. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पिशाचिका, -पिशाची 'the demon of wealth', an avaricious desire of wealth, greed, avarice. -प्रयोगः usury. -मद a. purseproud. (-दः) pride of wealth. -मूलम् principal, capital. -लोभः avarice, cupidity. -व्ययः 1 expenditure. -2 extravagance. -सूः f. 1 mother of daughters; L. D. B. -2 m. the forktailed shrike. -स्थानम् 1 a treasury. -2 the second mansion from लग्न in a horoscope. हरः 1 an heir. -2 a thief. -3 a kind of perfume. -हार्य a. to be won over by wealth; वहसि हि धनहार्यं पण्यभूतं शरीरम् Mk.1.31;5.9. -हीन a. deprived of wealth, poor. | | | dhārā | धारा 1 A stream or current of water, a line of descending fluid, stream, current; धारा नैव पतन्ति चातक- मुखे मेघस्य किं दूषणम् Bh.2.93; Me.55; R.16.66; आबद्ध- धारमश्रु प्रावर्तत Dk.74. -2 A shower, a hard or sharpdriving shower. -3 A continuous line or series; प्रणतौ हन्त निरन्तराश्रुधाराः Bv.2.2. -4 A leak or hole in a pitcher. -5 The pace of a horse; धाराः प्रसाधयितुमव्यतिकीर्ण- रूपाः Śi.5.6; N.1.72. -6 The margin, edge or border of anything; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया शमीलतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यव- स्यति Ś.1.18. -7 The sharp edge of a sword, axe, or of any cutting instrument; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78; 6.42;1.86,41; Bh.2.28. -8 The edge of mountain or precipice. -9 A wheel or the periphery of a wheel; धारानिबद्धेव कलङ्करेखा R.13.15. -1 A garden-wall, fence, hedge. -11 The van or front line of an army. -12 The highest point, excellence. -13 A multitude. -14 Fame. -15 Night. -16 Turmeric. -17 Likeness. -18 The tip of the ear. -19 Speech. -2 Rumour, report. -21 N. of an ancient town in Mālvā, capital
of king Bhoja. -Comp. -अग्रम् the broad-edged head of an arrow. -अङ्कुरः 1 a drop of rain. -2 hail; धाराङ्कुरवर्षिणो जलदाः Bṛi.S.32.21. -3 advancing before the line of an army (to defy the enemy). -अङ्गः a sword. -अटः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a horse. -3 a cloud. -4 a furious elephant, one in rut. -अधिरूढ a. raised to the highest pitch; किं वा धाराधिरूढं हि जाड्यं वेदजडे जने Ks.6.62. -अवनिः f. wind. -अश्रु n. a flood of tears; Amaru.1. -आवर्तः a whirlpool. -आसरः a heavy down-fall of rain, a hard or sharp driving shower; धारासारैर्महति वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3; V.4.1. -ईश्वरः king Bhoja. -उष्ण a. warm from a cow (as milk); धारोष्णं त्वमृतं पयो भ्रमहरं निद्राकरं कान्तिदम् । वृष्यं बृंहणमग्निवर्धन- मतिस्वादु त्रिदोषापहम् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -गिरिः The fort of Devagiri or Daulatabad; स हि शैलो निजामस्य प्रियकारी महायशाः । प्रतापी प्रथितो लोके धारागिरिरिवापरः ॥ Śiva. B.2. -गृहम् a bath-room with water-jets, a shower-bath or a house furnished with artificial jets or fountains of water; शिलाविशेषानधिशय्य निन्युर्धारागृहेष्वातपमृद्धिमन्तः R.16.49. -धरः 1 holder of streams, a cloud; धातः किं नु विधौ विधातुमुचितो धाराधराडम्बरः Bv.1.4. -2 a sword. -निपातः, -पातः 1 a fall of rain, a hard or pelting shower, Me.48. -2 a stream of water. -यन्त्रम् a fountain, jet (of water); धारायन्त्रजलाभिषेककलुषे धौताञ्जने लोचने Amaru.124; धारायन्त्र- विमुक्तसंततपयः पूरप्लुते सर्वतः Ratn.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम्, -संपातः a hard, sharp-driving or incessant shower; न प्रसेहे स रुद्धार्कमधारावर्षदुर्दिनम् R.4.82. -वाहिन् a. incessant, continuous; पटुर्धारावाही नव इव चिरेणापि (मन्युः) U.4.3. -विषः a crooked sword. -शीत a. (milk) cooled after having been milked. | | | niṣadha | निषध a. Hard, solid. -धाः m. (pl.) N. of a people and their country governed by Nala. -धः 1 A ruler of the Niṣadhas. -2 N. of a mountain. -3 A musical note; cf. निषाद. -धा N. of Nala's capital. | | | nīviḥ | नीविः वी f. [निव्ययति निवीयते वा निव्ये-इन्; cf. Uṇ.4, 135] 1 A cloth worn round a woman's waist, or more properly the ends of the cloth tied into a knot in front, the knot of the wearing garment; प्रस्थानभिन्नां न बबन्ध नीविम् R.7.9; नीविबन्धोच्छ्वसनम् Mā.l.2.5; Ku.1.38; नीविं प्रति प्रणिहिते तु करे प्रियेण K. P.4; Me.7; Śi.1.64. -2 The outer tie of a packet in which the offerings of a Sūdra at funeral obsequies are presented. -3 Capital, principal, stock; नीवीमवलिखतः द्विगुणः (दण्डः) Kau. A 2.7; शेषमायव्ययौ नीवी च Kau A.2.6. -4 A stake, wager. -5 Prison; नीवी स्याद्बन्धनागारे धने स्त्रीवस्त्रबन्धने Nm. | | | nṛ | नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59. | | | parigrah | परिग्रह् 9. P. 1 To clasp round, embrace. -2 To encircle; surround, fence or hedge round; न्यविशन्त ततः सर्वे परिगृह्य सरस्वतीम् Mb.5.178.23. -3 To lay hold of, seize. -4 To take, assume. -5 To accept. -6 To favour, patronize; देवेन च परिगृहीतः M.1;1.13. -7 To support, assist, guide; राक्षसमतिपरिगृहीतः Mu.1. -8 To put on (a dress). -9 To take possession of, master, overpower. -1 To conceive, comprehend. -11 To undertake. -12 To receive hospitably; परिग्रहेण ब्राह्मेण परिगृह्य महाद्युतिः Mb.1.195.1. -13 To take (a wife), marry; प्रथमपरि- गृहीतं स्यान्न वेत्यव्यवस्यन् Ś.5.19. -14 To conform to, follow. -15 To surpass, excel. | | | pariṇata | परिणत p. p. 1 Bent or bowed down, stooping; वप्रक्रीडापरिणतगजप्रेक्षणीयं ददर्श Me.2; -2 Declining, old (as age); परिणते वयसि K.35,62,63. -3 Ripe, matured, ripened, fully developed or formed; शब्द- ब्रह्मविदः कवेः परिणतप्रज्ञस्य वाणीमिमाम् U.7.21;1.39;6. 13; Me.23; परिणतमकरन्दमार्मिकास्ते Bv.1.8; Śi.11.39. -4 Full-grown, advanced, perfected; परिणतशरच्चन्द्रकिरणैः Bh.3.49; Me.112; परिच्छिन्नामेवं त्वयि परिणता बिभ्रतु गिरम् Mahimna 26. -5 Digested (as food). -6 Transformed or changed into (with instr.); V.4.28. -7 Ended, come to a close, terminated; संप्रति परिणतमहः Nāg.3. -8 Set (as the sun); पतति परिणतारुणप्रकाशः Ś.1.32. -तः An elephant stooping to strike with his tusks, or giving a side-blow with his tusks; (तिर्यग्दन्तप्रहारश्च गजः परिणतो मतः Halāy.); परिणतदिक्करिकास्तटीर्बिभर्ति Śi.4.29; Ki.6.7. -तम् Capital, wealth accumulated. -Comp. -प्रज्ञ a. of mature understanding. -प्रत्यय whose results are matured (an action). | | | paripakva | परिपक्व p. p. 1 Completely cooked. -2 Completely baked or burnt. -3 Quite ripe, mature, perfected (fig. also); प्रफुल्ललोध्रः परिपक्वशालिः Ṛs.4.1; so परिपक्वबुद्धिः -4 Highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd. -5 Fully digested. -6 Decaying, on the point of decay or death.
परिपणम् (-नम्) Capital, principal, stock. | | | pariṣṭhalam | परिष्ठलम् A surrounding place; cf. P.VIII.3.96.
परिष्प pariṣpa (स्प spa) न्दः ndḥ
परिष्प (स्प) न्दः 1 A train, retinue. -2 Decorating the hair (with flowers &c.). -3 Ornament or decoration in general. -4 Throbbing, vibration, palpitation, movement; प्रतिहतपरिस्पन्दः Mv.1.51. -5 Provision, maintenance; अग्निहोत्रपरिस्पन्दः Mb.13.141.49. -6 Crushing. -7 Valour. -8 An exploit; Partijñā.2; कर्णपूरस्य परि- स्पन्दो$ज्जुकया येन न दृष्टः Chārudatta 2. | | | parisphur | परिस्फुर् 6 P. To throb, quiver, palpitate; तस्याः परि- स्फुरितगर्भभरालसायाः U.3.28. | | | pāṭakaḥ | पाटकः [पट् ण्वुल्] 1 A splitter, divider. -2 Part of a village. -3 The half of a village. -4 A kind of musical instrument. -5 A bank, shore. -6 A flight of steps leading to the water. -7 Loss of capital or stock. -8 A long span. -9 Throwing dice. | | | pāṭaliḥ | पाटलिः f. The trumpet-flower. -Comp. -पुत्रम् N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātṇā. It is also known by the names of पुष्पपुर, कुसुमपुर; see Mu.2,3, and 4.16, and R.6.24 also; तदिदं दिव्यं नगरं मायारचितं सपौरमत एव । नाम्ना पाटलिपुत्रं क्षेत्रं लक्ष्मीसरस्वत्योः Ks.3.78. अस्ति भागीरथीतीरे पाटलिपुत्रं नाम नगरम् H. | | | puraskṛ | पुरस्कृ 8 U. 1 To place before or in front, make one's leader, put at the head; हते जरति गङ्गेये पुरस्कृत्य शिखण्डिनम् Ve.2.4; U.1.3; Ku.2.52. -2 To introduce, present; मद्वचनात् स राजा शकुन्तलां पुरस्कृत्य वक्तव्यः Ś.4, 7. -3 To honour, respect, esteem, hospitably receive or entertain; दर्शनेनैव भवतीनां पुरस्कृतो$स्मि Ś.1. -4 To adopt, choose, follow; स पुरस्कृतमध्यमक्रमः R.8.9. -5 To appoint. -6 To show, indicate, evince. -7 To lead. -8 To use as a pretext. | | | puraskriyā | पुरस्क्रिया 1 Showing respect, honouring, hospitable reception. -2 A preparatory or initiatory rite. | | | puruṣaḥ | पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn). | | | pūjanam | पूजनम् [पूज् भावे ल्युट्] 1 Worshipping, honouring, adoring; देवद्विजगुरुप्राज्ञपूजनं ...... तप उच्यते Bg.17.14. -2 Treating with respect, entertaining, hospitality. -3 An object of reverence. -ना same as पूजनम्; अहो देहप्रदानेन दर्शिता$तिथिपूजना Mb.12.147.8. -नी A hen-sparrow. | | | pūtkārī | पूत्कारी 1 An epithet of Sarasvatī. -2 N. of the capital of the Nāgas. | | | pratiṣṭhānam | प्रतिष्ठानम् 1 Basis, foundation. -2 Site, situation, position. -3 A resting place. -4 The foundation of a city. -5 A leg, foot. -6 Continuation; वंशप्रतिष्ठानकराः सर्वभूतेषु विश्रुताः (पुत्राः) Rām.1.11.18. -7 N. of a town at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamunā and capital of the early kings of the lunar race; cf. V.2. -8 N. of a town on the Godāvarī and capital of Śālivāhana. | | | pramāṇam | प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed. | | | prayojya | प्रयोज्य pot. p. 1 To be used or employed. -2 To be practised. -3 To be produced or caused. -4 To be appointed. -5 To be thrown or discharged (as a missile). -6 To be set to work. -ज्यः A servant, an employee. -ज्यम् Capital, principal. | | | praspandanam | प्रस्पन्दनम् Palpitating, vibrating, trembling. | | | prāghūrṇikā | प्राघूर्णिका Hospitable reception. | | | prāṇaḥ | प्राणः 1 Breath, respiration. -2 The breath of life, vitality, life, vital air, principle of life (usually pl. in this sense, the Prāṇas being five; प्राण, अपान, समान, व्यान and उदान); प्राणैरुपक्रोशमलीमसैर्वा R.2.53;12.54; (हृदि प्राणो गुदे$पानः समानो नाभिसंस्थितः । उदानः कण्ठदेशस्थो व्यानः सर्वशरीरगः ॥). -3 The first of the five life-winds or vital airs (which has its seat in the lungs); अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणे$पानं तथापरे । प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायाम- परायणाः ॥ Bg.4.29. -4 Wind, air inhaled. -5 Energy, vigour, strength, power; as in प्राणसार q. v.; युद्धातिथ्यं प्रदास्यामि यथाप्राणं निशाचर Rām.3.5.28; Bhāg.8.2.29; सर्वप्राणप्रवणमघवन्मुक्तमाहत्य वक्षः Mv.1.45. -6 The spirit or soul (opp. शरीर). -7 The Supreme Spirit; इमानि भूतानि प्राणमेवाभिसंविशन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.11.5. -8 An organ of sense; स्पृष्ट्वैतानशुचिर्नित्यमद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् । गात्राणि चैव सर्वाणि नाभिं पाणितलेन तु ॥ Ms.4.143; मरीचिमिश्रा ऋषयः प्राणेभ्यो$हं च जज्ञिरे Bhāg.1.6.31. -9 Any person or thing as dear and necessary as life, a beloved person or object; कोशः कोशवतः प्राणाः प्राणाः प्राणा न भूपतेः H.2.9; अर्थपतेर्विमर्दको बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. -1 The life or essence of poetry, poetical talent or genius; inspiration. -11 Aspiration; as in महाप्राण or अल्पप्राण q. v. -12 Digestion. -13 A breath as a measure of time. -14 Gum-myrrh. -15 Life, living (जीवन); दैवं च दैवसंयुक्तं प्राणश्च प्राणदश्च ह । अपेक्षापूर्वकरणादशुभानां शुभं फलम् ॥ Mb.12.36.14. -16 Food (अन्न); अनस्तिकानां भूतानां प्राणदाः पितरश्च ये Mb.12.12.4. -17 N. of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and other gods. -Comp. -अतिपातः killing a living being, taking away life. -अत्ययः loss of life. -अधिक a. 1 dearer than life. -2 superior in strength or vigour. -अधिनाथः a husband. -अधिपः the soul. -अन्तः death; capital punishment; अब्राह्मणः संग्रहणे प्राणान्तं दण्डमर्हति Ms.8.359. -अन्तिक a. 1 fatal, mortal. -2 lasting to the end of life, ending with life. -3 dangerous. -4 capital (as a sentence); अज्ञानात् वारुणीं पीत्वा संस्कारेणैव शुद्ध्यति । मतिपूर्वमनिर्देश्यं प्राणान्तिकमिति स्थितिः ॥ Ms. 11.146. (-कम्) murder. -अपहारिन् a. fatal, destructive to life. -अपानम्, -नौ air inhaled and exhaled; प्राणापाना- न्तरे देवी वाग्वै नित्यं प्रतिष्ठिता Mañjūṣā. -अयनम् an organ of sense; (सुप्तिमूर्च्छोपतापेषु प्राणायनविघाततः । नेहते$हमिति ज्ञानं मृत्युप्रज्वारयोरपि ॥ Bhāg.4.29.72. -आघातः destruction of life, killing a living being; प्राणाघातान्निवृत्तिः Bh.3.63. -आचार्यः a physician to a king. -आत्मन् m. the vital or animal soul. -आद a. fatal, mortal, causing death. -आबाधः injury to life; प्राणाबाधयुक्तास्वापत्सु Kau. A.1.8. -आयामः restraining or suspending the breath during the mental recitation of the names or attributes of a deity. -आहुतिः f. an oblation to the five Prāṇas. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a lover, husband; नीचैः शंस हृदि स्थितो हि ननु मे प्राणेश्वरः श्रोष्यति Amaru.67; बाला लोलविलोचना शिव शिव प्राणेशमालोकते Bv.2.57. -2 wind. -ईशा, -ईश्वरी a wife, beloved, mistress. -उत्क्रमणम्, -उत्सर्गः departure of the soul, death. -उपहारः food. -कर a. refreshing or reviving the spirits; सद्यो मांसं नवान्नं च बाला स्त्री क्षीरभोजनम् । क्षीर- मुष्णोदकं चैव सद्यः प्राणकराणि षट् ॥ Chāṇakya. -कर्मन् n. Vital function. -कृच्छ्रम्, -बाधा peril of life, a danger to life. -ग्रहः the nose. -घातक a. destructive to life. -घोषः the sound from the ears when the fingers are put therein; छिद्रप्रतीतिश्छायायां प्राणघोषानुपश्रुतिः Bhāg.1.42.29. -घ्नः a. fatal, life-destroying. -चयः increase of strength. -छिद् a. 1 murderous. -2 destructive. -छेदः murder. -त्यागः 1 suicide; वरं प्राणत्यागो न च पिशुनवाक्येष्वभिरुचिः H.1. -2 death. -द a. life-giving. (-दम्) 1 water. -2 blood. (-दः) 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Brahmā. -3 Terminalia Tomentosa (Mar. ऐन). -दा Terminalia Chebula (Mar. हिरडा). -दक्षिणा gift of life; प्राणदक्षिणां दा 'to grant one his life'. -दण्डः capital punishment. -दयितः a husband. -दातृ a. 'life-giver', saviour, deliverer. -दानम् 1 resigning life. -2 the gift of life, saving one's life. -दुरोदरम्, -द्यूतम् fighting for life. -दृह् a. Sustaining or prolonging the breath. -द्रोहः an attempt upon any body's life. -धार a. living, animate. (-रः) a living being. -धारणम् 1 maintenance or support of life. -2 vitality. -3 a means of supporting life. -नाथः 1 a lover, husband. -2 an epithet of Yama. -निग्रहः restraint of breath, checking the breath. -पतिः 1 a lover, husband. -2 the soul; बुद्धिं समाच्छाद्य च मे समान्युरुद्भूयते प्राणपतिः शरीरे Mb.3. 269.4. -3 a physician. -पत्नी the voice. -परिक्रयः staking one's life. -परिक्षीण a. one whose life is drawing to a close. -परिग्रहः possession of life, life, existence.
-प्रद, -दायक, -दायिन् a. restoring or saving life. -प्रयाणम् departure of life, death. -प्रियः 'as dear as life', a lover, husband. -भक्ष a. feeding on air only. -भास्वत् m. the ocean. -भृत् a. possessed of life, living, animate, sentient. (-m.) a living being; अन्तर्गतं प्राणभृतां हि वेद R.2.43. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -मोक्षणम् 1 departure of life, death. -2 suicide. -यमः = प्राणायाम q. v. -यात्रा 1 support of life; maintenance, livelihood; पिण्डपात- मात्रप्राणयात्रां भगवतीम् Māl.1. -2 the act of breathing. -यात्रिक requisite for subsistence; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यात् Ms.6.57. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 wind. (-f.) the source of life. -रन्ध्रम् 1 the mouth. -2 a nostril. -रोधः 1 suppressing the breath. -2 danger to life. -वल्लभा a mistress, wife. -विद्या the science of breath or vital airs. -विनाशः, -विप्लवः loss of life, death. -वियोगः separation of the soul from the body, death. -वृत्तिः f. a vital function. -व्ययः cost or sacrifice of life. -शरीरः the Supreme Being; स क्रतुं कुर्वीत मनोमयः प्राणशरीरः Ch. Up. -संयमः suspension of breath. -संशयः, -संकटम्, -संदेहः risk or danger to life, peril of life, a very great peril. -संहिता a manner of reciting the Vedic text. -सद्मन् n. the body. -सम a. as dear as life. (-मः) a husband, lover. (-मा) a wife; नूनं प्राणसमावियोगविधुरः स्तम्बेरमस्ताम्यति Māl.9.33. -सार a. 'having life as the essence', full of strength and vigour, muscular; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं (गात्रं) विभर्ति Ś.2.4. -हर, -हारिन् a. causing death, taking away life, fatal; पुरो मम प्राणहरो भविष्यसि Gīt.7. -2 capital. -हारक a. fatal. (-कम्) a kind of deadly poison. | | | priya | प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress;
प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary. | | | phalam | फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving
a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results. | | | bāṇaḥ | बाणः 1 An arrow, shaft, reed; Bṛi. Up.3.8.2; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66. -2 An aim or mark for arrows. -3 The feathered end of an arrow. -4 The udder of a cow. -5 The body (शरीर); ते प्रकाश्श्याभिवदन्ति वयमेतद्बाणमवष्टभ्य विधारयामः Praśna Up.2.2. -6 N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. उषा. -7 N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of कादम्बरी, हर्षचरित and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryāsaptaśatī 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa :-- जाता शिखण्डिनी प्राग् यथा शिखण्डी तथावगच्छामि । प्रागल्भ्यधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति ॥; so हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22). -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -9 A sound voice. -1 Fire. -11 Lightning. -12 A form of Śiva. -13 The versed sine of an arc. -णः, -णा The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow. -णः, -णा, -णम् a blue flowering Barleria -नीलझिण्टी (Mar. कोऱ्हांटी); अनाविलोन्मीलितबाणचक्षुषः Ki.4. 28. Śi.6.46. -Comp. -असनम् a bow; स पार्थबाणासन- वेगमुक्तैर्दृढाहतः पत्रिभिरुग्रवेगैः Mb.8.89.86. ˚यन्त्रम् a kind of bow with a mechanical contrivance at one of its ends for tightening the string and letting off the arrow; Dk.1.1. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a series of arrows. -2 a series of five verses forming one sentence. -आश्रयः a quiver. -गङ्गा N. of a river said to have been produced by Rāvaṇa's arrow; सोमेशाद् दक्षिणे भागे बाणेनाभि- बिभिद्य वै । रावणेन प्रकटिता जलधारातिपुण्यदा । बाणगङ्गेति विख्याता या स्नानादघहारिणी ॥ Varāha P. -गोचरः the range of an arrow; अवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.19/2. -जालम् a number of arrows. -जित् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तूणः, -धिः a quiver; क्षीणबाणो विबाणधिः Mb. 8.63; बबन्धाथ च बाणधी (du.) Bk.14.17; Ki.18.1. -निकृत a. pierced or wounded by an arrow. -पत्रः N. of a bird (कङ्क). -पथः the range of an arrow. -पाणि a. armed with arrows. -पातः 1 an arrowshot (as a measure of distance). -2 the range of an arrow. -3 a bed of arrows (बाणशय्या, शरतल्प); बाणपातान्तरे रामं पातितं पुरुषर्षभम् Rām.6.45.25. ˚वर्तिन् a. being within the range of an arrow. -पुरम् Śoṇitapura, the capital of Bāṇāsura. -मुक्ति f., -मोक्षणम् discharging or shooting an arrow. -योजनम् a quiver. -रेखा a long wound made by an arrow. -लिङ्गम् a white stone found in the river नर्मदा and worshipped as the लिङ्ग of Śiva. -वारः a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. वारबाणः. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -संधानम् the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः Ś.3.1. -सिद्धिः f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow. -सुता an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa; see उषा. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. | | | brahman | ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The
planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture
with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.
-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa;
परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). | | | brahmaṇya | ब्रह्मण्य a. [ब्रह्मणे हितः] 1 Relating to Brahma. -2 Relating to Brahman or the creator. -3 Relating to the acquisition of sacred knowledge, holy, pious. -4 Fit for a Brāhmaṇa. -5 Friendly or hospitable to a Brāhmaṇa. -ण्यः 1 One well-versed in the Veda; त्वं ब्रह्मण्यः किल परिणतश्चासि धर्मेण युक्तः Mv.3.26. -2 The mulberry tree. -3 The palm tree. -4 Muñja grass. -5 The planet Saturn. -6 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -7 Of Kārtikeya. -ण्या An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -देवः an epithet of Viṣṇu; नमो ब्रह्मण्यदेवाय गोब्राह्मणहिताय च Stotra. | | | brāhmya | ब्राह्म्य a. (-ह्म्यी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं ष्यञ्] 1 Relating to Brahman, the creator. -2 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -3 Relating to the Brāhmaṇas. -ह्म्यम् 1 Wonder, astonishment (विस्मय). -2 Worship of the Brāhmaṇas. -Comp. -मुहूर्त = ब्राह्ममुहूर्त q. v. -हुतम् hospitality to guests; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ; cf. Ms.3.74; ब्राह्म्यहुतशब्देन मनुष्य- यज्ञाख्यो ब्राह्मणश्रेष्ठस्यार्चा Kull. | | | bhāṇḍam | भाण्डम् [भाण्ड्-अच् भण्-ड स्वार्थे अण् वा Tv.] 1 A vessel, pot, utensil (plate, dish, can &c.); ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नि- यमितो ब्रह्माण्डभाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95; नीलीभाण्डम् 'an indigo-vat'; so क्षीरभाण्डम् 'milk-pail'; सुरा,˚ मद्य˚ &c. -2 A box, trunk, chest, case; क्षुरभाण्डम् Pt.1. -3 Any tool or instrument, an implement. -4 A musical instrument; वेणानां भाण्डवादनम् Ms.1.49. -5 Goods, wares, merchandise, shop-keeper's stock; भाण्डपूर्णानि यानानि तार्यं दाप्यानि सारतः Ms.8.45; मथुरागामीनि भाण्डानि Pt.1. -6 A bale of goods. -7 (Fig.) Any valued possession, treasure; शान्तं वा रघुनन्दने तदुभयं तत्पुत्रभाण्डं हि मे U.4.24. -8 The bed of a river. -9 Trappings or harness of a horse; नानाङ्कचिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः Bu. Ch.2.4. -1 Buffoonery, mimicry (from भण्ड). -11 An ornament in general; नानाविकृतसंस्थानं वाजिभाण्डपरि- च्छदम् । गजग्रैवेयकक्ष्याश्च रथभाण्डांश्च संस्कृतान् ॥ Rām.6.75.1. -12 Paraphernalia (उपकरणजातम्); आभिषेचनिकं भाण्डं कृत्वा Rām.2.19.31. -13 Capital (मूलधन); सो$पि दृष्ट्वैव तं विप्रमायान्तं भाण्डजीवनः Mb.12.261.46. -ण्डाः (m. pl.) Wares, merchandise. -Comp. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम् 1 a store-house, store-room (lit. where household goods and utensils &c. are kept); भाण्डागाराण्यकृत विदुषां सा स्वयं भोगभाञ्जि Vikr.18.45. -2 treasury; ज्ञान˚. -3 a collection, store, magazine. -आगारिकः 1 a storekeeper. -2 a treasurer. -गोपकः the keeper of vessels (in a temple); Buddh. -पतिः a merchant. -पुटः 1 a barber. -2 a kind of contrivance for calcining metals. -पुष्पः a sort of snake. -प्रतिभाण्डकम् barter, computation of the exchange of goods. -भरकः the contents of a vessel. -मूल्यम् capital in the form of wares. -वादनम् playing on a musical instrument. -शाला a store-house, store. | | | bhṛtiḥ | भृतिः f. [भृ-क्तिन्] 1 Bearing, upholding, supporting. -2 Cherishing, maintaining. -3 Bringing, leading to. -4 Nourishment, support, maintenance. -5 Food. -6 Wages, hire; त्रिभिः प्रकारैर्भृतिर्भवति व्यापारतः फलतो वचनत इति ŚB. on MS.1.3.45; भृतिश्च कर्मकरेभ्य आनत्यर्थं यद्दीयते ŚB. on MS.1.2.27; cf. also कालमानं त्रिधा ज्ञेयं चान्द्रं सौरं च सावनम् । भृतिदाने सदा सौरं चान्द्रं कौसीदबुद्धिषु ॥ Śukra. See also Śukra.3.266. -7 Service for hire. -8 Capital. principal. -9 Wages, hire. -Comp. -अध्यापनम् teaching (especially the Vedas) for hire. -अर्थम् ind. on account of the maintenance; प्रजानामेव भृत्यर्थं (v. l. for भूत्यर्थं) स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18. -भृज् m. a hired servant, a hireling. -रूपम् a reward in place of the wages due, but not to be paid. | | | manuṣya | मनुष्य a. [मनोरपत्यं यत् सुक् च] Friendly or useful to man. -ष्यः 1 A man, human being, mortal. -2 A mate. -3 Ved. A class of manes. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः a king, sovereign; मार्गं मनुष्येश्वरधर्मपत्नी श्रुतेरिवार्थं स्मृतिरन्वगच्छत् R.2.2. -कारः human exertion or effort; cf. पुरुषकार. -गन्धर्व m. (pl.) the human गन्धर्वs (as distinguished from देवगन्धर्वs). -जन्मन् a. begotten by a man. -जातम्, -जातिः f. mankind, human race. -देवः 1 a king; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -2 a god among men, a Brāhmaṇa. -धर्मः 1 the duty of man. -2 the character of man, human character. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -पोतः a little boy. -मात्र a. only a man. -मारणम् homicide; मनुष्यमारणे क्षिप्रं चौरवत् किल्बिषं भवेत् Ms.8.296. -यज्ञः hospitality, hospitable reception of guests, one of the five daily acts of a house-holder; see नृयज्ञ. -यानम् a litter, palanquin -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -विश्, -विशा f., -विशम् human race, mankind. -शृङ्गम् impossibility. -शोणितम् human blood; (पपौ) कुतूहलेनेव मनुष्यशोणितम् R.3.54. -सभा 1 an assembly of men. -2 a crowd, multitude. -3 a place of meeting, assembly. | | | mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous,
exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month
of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva.
-ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the
essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m)
a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
-रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw | | | māhiṣmatī | माहिष्मती N. of a city, the hereditary capital of the Haihaya kings; माहिष्मतीवप्रनितम्बकाञ्चीम् (रेवाम्) R.6.43. | | | mithilaḥ | मिथिलः N. of a king. -लाः (pl.) N. of a people. -ला [मथ्यन्ते$त्र रिपवः इति मिथिला Uṇ.1.57] N. of a city, capital of the country called Videha, q. v.; मिथिला वदत्ययोध्यां त्वं स्त्री परपुरुषानुरक्तासि Udb. | | | mūlam | मूलम् [मूल्-क] 1 A root (fig also); तरुमूलानि गृहीभवन्ति तेषाम् Ś.7.2; or शिखिनो धौतमूलाः 1.15; मूलं बन्ध् to take or strike root; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -2 The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; कस्याश्चिदासीद्रशना तदानीमङ्गुष्ठमूलार्पितसूत्रशेषा R.7.1; so प्राचीमूले Me.91. -3 The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; बाह्वोर्मूलम् Śi.7.32; so पादमूलम्, कर्णमूलम्, ऊरुमूलम् &c. -4 Beginning, commencement; आमूलाच्छ्रोतुमिच्छामि Ś.1. -5 Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; सर्वे गार्हस्थ्यमूलकाः Mb.; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलम् U.1.6; इति केना- प्युक्तं तत्र मूलं मृग्यम् 'the source or authority should be found out'; पुष्पं पुष्पं विचिन्वीत मूलच्छेदं न कारयेत् Mb.5.34. 18; समूलघातमघ्नन्तः परान्नोद्यन्ति मानवाः Śi.2.33. -6 The foot or bottom of anything; पर्वतमूलम्, गिरिमूलम् &c. -7 The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss). -8 Vicinity, neighbourhood;
सा कन्दुकेनारमतास्य मूले विभज्यमाना फलिता लतेव Mb.3.112.16. -9 Capital, principal, stock; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चायमुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -1 A hereditary servant. -11 A square root. -12 A king's own territory; स गुप्तमूलमत्यन्तम् R.4.26; Ms.7.184. -13 A vendor who is not the true owner; Ms.8.22 (अस्वामिविक्रेता Kull.). -14 The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars. -15 A thicket, copse. -6 The root of long pepper. -17 A particular position of the fingers. -18 A chief or capital city. -19 An aboriginal inhabitant. -2 A bower, an arbour (निकुञ्ज). -21 N. of several roots पिप्पली, पुष्कर, शूरण &c. -22 A tail; मूलो मूलवता स्पृष्टो धूप्यते धूमकेतुना Rām.6.4.51. (In comp. मूल may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal' e. g. मूलकारणम् 'prime cause', &c. &c.) -Comp. -आधारम् 1 the navel. -2 a mystical circle above the organs of generation; मूलाधारे त्रिकोणाख्ये इच्छाज्ञानक्रियात्मके. -आभम् a radish. -आयतनम् the original abode. -आशिन् a. living upon roots. -आह्वम् a radish. -उच्छेदः utter destruction, total eradication. -कर्मन् n. magic; Ms.9.29. -कारः the author of an original work. -कारणम् the original or prime cause; क्रियाणां खलु धर्म्याणां सत्पत्न्यो मूलकारणम् Ku.6.13. -कारिका a furnace, an oven. -कृच्छ्रः -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, living only upon roots; मूलकृच्छ्रः स्मृतो मूलैः. -केशरः a citron. -खानकः one who lives upon root-digging (मूलोत्पाटनजीवी); Ms.8.26. -गुणः the co-efficient of a root. -ग्रन्थः 1 an original text. -2 the very words uttered by Śākyamuni. -घातिन् a. destroying completely; (नहि...कर्मसु) मूलघातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवद्विधाः Rām.5.51.18; see मूलहर. -छिन्न a. nipped in the bud; सा$द्य मूलच्छिन्ना Dk. 2.2. -छेदः uprooting. -ज a. 1 radical. -2 growing at the roots of trees (as an ant-hill). -3 born under the constellation Mūla. (-जः) plant growing from a root. (-जम्) green ginger. -त्रिकोणम् the third astrological house. -देवः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -द्रव्यम्, धनम् principal, stock, capital. -धातुः lymph. -निकृन्तन a. destroying root and branch. -पुरुषः 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family. -प्रकृतिः f. the Prakṛiti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.); मूल- प्रकृतिरविकृतिः Sāṅ. K.3. (-pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war विजि- गीषु, अरि, मध्यम, and उदासीन); see Ms.7.155. -प्रतीकारः protection of wives and wealth (धनदाररक्षा); कृत्वा मूल- प्रतीकारम् Mb.5.151.61. -फलदः the bread-fruit tree. -बन्धः a particular position of the fingers. -बर्हणम् the act of uprooting, extermination. -बलम् the principal or hereditary force; विन्ध्याटवीमध्ये$वरोधान् मूलबलरक्षितान् निवेशयामासुः Dk.1.1. [Kāmandaka enumerates six divisions of the army and declares that मौल (hereditary) is the best of them (Kām.13.2-3.)] -भद्रः an epithet of Kaṁsa. -भृत्यः an old or hereditary servant. -मन्त्रः 1 a principal or primary text (such as आगम); जुहुयान्मूलमन्त्रेण पुंसूक्तेनाथवा बुधः A. Rām.4.4.31. -2 a spell. -राशिः a cardinal number. -वचनम् an original text. -वापः 1 one who plants roots. -2 A field where crops are grown by sowing roots; पुष्पफलवाटषण्ड- केदारमूलवापास्सेतुः Kau. A.2.6.24. -वित्तम् capital stock. -विद्या the twelve-worded (द्वादशाक्षरी) spell :-- ओं नमो भगवते वासुदेवायः; जुहुयान्मूलविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.4. -विभुजः a chariot. -व्यसनवृत्तिः the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; चण्डालेन तु सोपाको मूलव्यसन- वृत्तिमान् Ms.1.38. -व्रतिन् a. living exclusively on roots. -शकुनः (in augury) the first bird. -शाकटः, -शाकिनम् a field planted with edible roots. -संघः a society, sect. -साधनम् a chief instrument, principal expedient. -स्थानम् 1 base, foundation. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 wind, air. -4 Mooltan. (-नी) N. of Gaurī. -स्थायिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्रोतस् n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river. -हर a. uprooting completely; सो$यं मूलहरो$नर्थः Rām.6.46.15. -हरः a prodigal son; मूलहरतादात्विककदर्यांश्च प्रतिषेधयेत् Kau. A.2.9.27. | | | mūlya | मूल्य a. 1 To be eradicated. -2 Being at the root. -3 Purchasable. -ल्यम् 1 Price, worth, cost; क्रीणन्ति स्म प्राणमूल्यैर्यशांसि Śi.18.15; Śānti 1.12. -2 Wages, hire, salary. -3 Gain. -4 Capital, principal. -5 Original value. -6 An article purchased. | | | rabhas | रभस् n. 1 Violence, zeal, vehemence. -2 Rashness, precipitation. -3 Force, strength. | | | rabhasa | रभस a. [रभ्-अचस् Uṇ 3.116] 1 Violent, impetuous, fierce, wild. -2 Strong, intense, vehement, powerful, ardent, eager (as desire &c.); रभसया नु दिगन्तदिदृक्षया Ki.5.1; R.9.61; Mu.5.24. -3 Rash, precipitate. -4 Joyful, glad. -5 Ved. Strengthening. -सः 1 Violence, force, impetuosity, haste, speed, hurry, vehemence; आलीषु केलीरभसेन बाला मुहुर्ममालापमुपालपन्ती Bv.2.12; त्वभि- सरणरभसेन वलन्ती Gīt.6; Śi 6.13;11.23; Ki.9.47; Bhāg.7.9.15. -2 Rashness, precipitateness, headlong haste; अतिरभसकृतानां कर्मणामाविपत्तेर्भवति हृदयदाही शल्यतुल्यो विपाकः Bh.2.99; त्यजति न मृगव्याधरभसः Śiva-mahimna 22. -3 Anger, passion, rage, fury; रक्तेक्षणेन च मनाग्रभसं दधानौ Bhāg.3.15.28. -4 Regret, sorrow. -5 Joy, pleasure, delight; मनसि रभसविभवे हरिरुदयतु सुकृतेन Gīt. 5. -6 Ardent desire, eagerness. -7 Poison. -8 N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons. | | | rājan | राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A
man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess.
-पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B. | | | rāḍhā | राढा 1 Lustre. -2 N. of a district in Bengal, as also of its capital; गौडं राष्ट्रमनुत्तमं निरुपमा तत्रापि राढापुरी Prab.2. | | | rāma | राम a. [रम् कर्तरि घञ् ण वा] 1 Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing, -2 Beautiful, lovely, charming. -3 Obscure;
dark-coloured, black. -4 White. -मः 1 N. of three celebrated personages; (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni; (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛiṣṇa, q.q.v.v.; (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmāyaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas:-- राशब्दो विश्ववचनो मश्चापीश्वरवाचकः । विश्वाधीनेश्वरो यो हि तेन रामः प्रकीर्तितः ॥) cf. also राकारोच्चारमात्रेण मुखान्निर्याति पातकम् । पुनः प्रवेशशङ्कायां मकारो$स्ति कपाटवत् ॥ [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhyā. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyī, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Mantharā, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prapared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmana. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carrying off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Laṅkā, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva:-- वितरसि दिक्षु रणे दिक्पतिकमनीयं दशमुखमौलिबलिं रमणीयम् । केशव धृतरघुपति- रूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1.]. -2 A kind of deer. -3 N. of Aruṇa. -4 A lover; cf. Śi.4.59. -5 A horse. -6 Pleasure, joy. -मम् 1 Darkness. -2 Leprosy (कृष्ठम्). -3 A tamāla leaf. -Comp. -अनुजः N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava. -अयनम् (-णम्) 1 the adventures of Rāma. -2 N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books. -ईश्वरः N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -काण्डः a species of cane. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Rāma. -कृत् (in music) N. of a Rāga. -क्री N. of a Rāga. -गिरिः N. of a mountain; (चक्रे) स्निग्धच्छाया- तरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु Me.1. -चन्द्रः, -भद्रः N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha. -जन्मन् n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma. -तापन, -तापनी, -तापनीय उपनिषद् N. of a well-known उपनिषद् (belonging to the अथर्ववेद). -दूतः 1 N. of Hanumat. -2 a monkey. (-ती) a kind of basil. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma. -पूगः a kind of betel-nut tree. -लीला N. of a dramatic performance, on the story of Rāma. -वल्लभः the birch-tree. (-भम्) cinnamon. -शरः a kind of sugar cane. -सखः N. of Sugrīva. -सेतुः the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon, now called Adam's bridge. | | | rāvaṇa | रावण a. [रु-णिच् ल्यु] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing; इत्युक्त्वा परुषं वाक्यं रावणः शत्रुरावणः Rām.3.56. 26 (com. शत्रून् रावयति क्रोशयति शत्ररावणः). -णः N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅkā and the chief of the Rākṣhasas; स रावणो नाम निकामभीषणं बभूव रक्षः क्षतरक्षणं दिवः Śi.1.48. [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikaśī and so half-brother of Kuber. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own capital. He had ten heads (and hence his names Daśagrīva, Daśa- vadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R.12.88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servants. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kārtavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvaṇa and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sītā and urged her to become his wife but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Laṅkā, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:-- रामरावणयोर्युद्धं रामरावणयोरिव ।]. -णम् 1 The act of screaming. -2 N. of a Muhūrta. -Comp. -अरिः N. of Rāma. -गङ्गा N. of a river in Laṅkā. | | | laṅkā | लङ्का [लक्-अच् मुम् च] 1 N. of the capital and residence of Rāvaṇa and identified with the island of Ceylon or the chief town in it; according to some Laṅkā was much larger than the present island of Ceylon. It was originally built for Mālyavat q. v.; विजेतव्या लङ्का चरणतरणीयो जलनिधिः Udb. -2 An unchaste woman, a prostitute, harlot. -3 A branch. -4 A kind of grain. (Mar. लांक). -Comp. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -नाथः, -पतिः 'lord of Laṅkā; i. e. Rāvaṇa or Bibhīṣaṇa लङ्कानाथं पवनतनयं चोभयं स्थापयित्वा कीर्तिस्तम्भद्वयमिव गिरौ दक्षिणे चोत्तरे च R.15.13; लङ्केशसंपूजितपादपद्मः पायाद- नादिः परमेश्वरो नः. -अरिः an epithet of Rāma. -उदयः the equivalents of the signs in right ascension. -दाहिन् m. an epithet of Hanumat. | | | vadhaḥ | वधः 1 Killing, murder, slaughter, destruction; आत्मनो वधमाहर्ता क्वासौ विहगतस्करः V.5.1; मनुष्यवधः homicide; पशुवधः &c. -2 A blow, stroke; पुनरज्ञातचर्यायां कीचकेन पदा वधम् Mb.12.16.21; Ms.8.267. -3 Paralysis. -4 Disappearance. -5 Multiplication (in math.). -6 A killer, slayer. -7 A vanquisher, victor. -8 Ved. A deadly weapon, such as Indra's thunderbolt. -9 (In law) A capital or corporal punishment. -1 Frustration. -11 Defect, imperfection. -12 (In alg.) A product. -Comp. -अङ्गकम् a prison. -अर्थीय a. = वध्य q. v.; वधक q. v.; वधार्थीयं क्षत्रिया राजपुत्री (गर्भं धत्ते) Mb.11. 26.5. -अर्ह (ण) a. deserving capital punishment; ब्रह्मबन्धुर्न हन्तव्य आततायी वधार्हणः Bhāg.1.7.53. -उदर्क a. resulting in death, proving fatal. -उद्यत a. 1 murderous. -2 an assassin. -उपायः a means of killing; हन्या- च्चित्रैर्वधोपायैः Ms.9.248. -कर्माधिकारिन् m. a hangman, an executioner. -जीविन् m. 1 a hunter. -2 a butcher. -दण्डः 1 corporeal punishment (as whipping &c.). -2 capital punishment; वधदण्डमतः परम् Ms.8.129. -निग्रहः capital punishment. -निर्णेकः atonement for murder; दानेन वर्धानर्णेकम् Ms.11.139. -भूमिः f., -स्थली f., -स्थानम् 1 a place of execution. -2 a slaughter-house. -स्तम्भः the gallows; Mk.1. | | | vas | वस् I. 1 P. (वसति, sometimes वसते, उवास, अवात्सीत्, वत्स्यति, वस्तुम्, उषित) 1 To dwell, inhabit, live, stay, abide, reside (usually with loc.; but sometimes acc.); धीरसमीरे यमुनातीरे वसति वने वनमाली Gīt.5. -2 To be, exist, be found in; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; यत्राकृतिस्तत्र गुणा वसन्ति; भूतिः श्रीर्ह्रीर्धृतिः कीर्तिर्दक्षे वसति नालसे Subhāṣ. -3 To spend, pass (as time) (with acc.). -Caus. 1 To cause to dwell, to dwell, lodge, people. -2 To receive hospitably. -3 To dwell, inhabit. -Desid. (विवत्सति) To wish to dwell. -II. 2 Ā. (वस्ते) To wear, put on; वसने परिधूसरे वसाना Ś.7.21; Śi.9.75; R.12.8; Ku.3.54;7.9; Bk.4.1. -Caus. (वासयति-ते) To cause to put on. -III. 4 P. (वस्यति) 1 To be straight. -2 To be firm. -3 To fix. -IV. 1 P. (वसयति) To dwell; L. D. B. -V. 1 U. (वासयति-ते) 1 To cut, divide, cut off. -2 To love. -3 To take, accept. -4 To hurt, kill. -5 To offer. -VI. 1 U. (वसयति-ते) To scent, perfume. | | | vasu | वसु a. Sweet. -2 Dry. -3 Ved. Wealthy, rich. -4 Ved. Good. -n. [वस्-उन् Uṇ.1.1] 1 Wealth, riches; स्वयं प्रदुग्धे$स्य गुणैरुपस्नुता वसूपमानस्य वसूनि मेदिनी Ki.1.18; R.8.31; 9.6 वस्वीशाद् वसुनिकरं (लब्ध्वा) धृतानुरागा Rām. ch.7.58. -2 A jewel, gem. -3 Gold. -4 Water; वसु काल उपादत्ते काले चायं विमुञ्चति Bhāg.4.16.6. -5 A thing, substance; त्रात्वार्थितो जगति पुत्रपदं च लेभे दुग्धा वसूनि वसुधा सकलानि येन Bhāg.2.7.9; Mb.12.98.2. -6 A kind of salt. -7 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -8 A yellow kind of kidney-bean. -9 The ghee (घृत); विधिना वेददृष्टेन वसोर्धारा- मिवाध्वरे Mb.13.2.35. -m. 1 N. of a class of deities (usually pl. in this sense); सेयं भूरिवसोर्वसोरिव सुता मृत्यो- र्मुखे वर्तते Māl 5.24; Ki.1.18; (the Vasus are eight in number :-- 1 आप, 2 ध्रुव, 3 सोम, 4 धर or धव, 5 अनिल, 6 अनल, 7 प्रत्यूष, and 8 प्रभास; sometimes अह is substituted for आप; धरो ध्रुवश्च सोमश्च अहश्चैवानिलो$नलः । प्रत्यूषश्च प्रभासश्च वसवो$ष्टाविति स्मृताः). -2 The number 'eight'. -3 N. of Kubera. -4 Of Śiva. -5 Of Agni. -6 A tree. -7 A lake, pond. -8 A rein. -9 The tie of a yoke. -1 A halter. -11 A ray of light; निरकाशयद्रविमपेतवसुं वियदालयादपरदिग्गणिका Śi.9.1; शिथिलवसुमगाधे मग्नमापत् पयोधौ Ki.1.46 (in both cases वसु means 'wealth' also). -12 The sun. -13 The distance from the elbow to the closed fist. -f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Light, radiance. -3 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -Comp. -उत्तमः N. of Bhīṣma; तान् समेतान् महाभागानुपलभ्य वसूत्तमः । पूजयामास ...... Bhāg.1.9.9. -उपमः Natron (Mar. सज्जीखार). -ओ (औ) कसारा 1 N. of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -2 of Alakā, the city of Kubera; 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; वस्वौकसारां नलिनीमतीत्यैवोत्तरान् कुरून् Rām.2.94.26; व्यक्तं वस्वोकसारेयम् Mb.7.67.16. (com. वस्वोकसारा सलोप आर्षः । कनकमयानि ओकांसि सारो यस्याः सा तथा). -3 of a river attached to Amarāvatī and Alakā. -कीटः, -कृमिः a beggar. -ता, -तातिः f. Ved. wealth. -दा the earth. -देवः N. of the father of Kṛiṣṇa and son of Sūra, a descendant of Yadu. ˚भूः, -सुतः &c. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -देवता, -देव्या the asterism called Dhaniṣṭhā. -देव्या the ninth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्रुमः the Udumbara tree. -धर्मिका crystal. -धा 1 the earth; वसुधेयमवेक्ष्यतां त्वया R.8.83; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.35;1.25. -2 the heaven; धरान् धरित्रीं वसुधां भर्तुस्तिष्ठाम्यनन्तरम् Mb. 13.93.1 (com. वसून् देवान् धत्ते इति व्युत्पत्त्या वसुधां दिवम्). -3 the ground; वसुधालिङ्गनधूसरस्तनी Ku.4.4. ˚अधिपः a king. ˚धरः a mountain; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V.1.18. ˚नगरम् the capital of Varuṇa. -धारा, -भारा the capital of Kubera. [वसोर्धारा 1 a stream of ghee prepared for Vasus; कुड्यलग्नां वसोर्धारां सप्त वारान् घृतेन तु । कारयेत् प़ञ्च वारान् वा नातिनीचां न चोच्छ्रिताम् Chhandogapaddhati. -2 N. of a vessel for pouring ghee into fire; त्वया द्वादशवर्षाणि वसोर्धाराहुतं हविः Mb.1.223.72. -3 N. of the heavenly Ganges (मन्दाकिनी); Mb.13.8.5.]. -धारिणी the earth. -पालः a king. -प्रभा one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्राणः an epithet of Agni. -भम् the constellation धनिष्ठा. -रण्व a. delighted with wealth; वसुरण्वो विभुरसि Mahānār.17.15. -रेतस् m. fire; संप्राप्तो यत्र सांनिध्यं सदासीद् वसुरेतसः Rām.7.31.7; Mb.1.13.3. -रोचिस् m. 1 sacrifice; religious ceremony. -2 Fire. -व्रतम् a kind of penance (eating only ground rice for twelve days). -श्रेष्ठम् 1 wrought gold. -2 silver. -षेणः N. of Karṇa; वसुवर्मधरं दृष्ट्वा तं बालं हेमकुण्डलम् । नामास्य वसुषेणेति ततश्चक्रुर्द्विजातयः ॥ Mb.3.39.13-14. -स्थली N. of the city of Kubera. | | | vikampita | विकम्पित p. p. 1 Shaken, trembling, tremulous. -2 Palpitating, heaving. -3 Unsteady. -तम् A faulty pronunciation of the vowels. | | | vigrīva | विग्रीव a. Decapitated. | | | vidiśā | विदिशा 1 N. of the capital of the district called दशार्ण; तेषां (दशार्णानां) दिक्षु प्रथितविदिशालक्षणां राजधानीम् Me. 24. -2 N. of a river in Mālvā. -3 = विदिश् q. v. | | | vibhrānti | विभ्रान्ति f. 1 Whirling, going round. -2 Flurry, error, confusion. -3 Hurry, precipitation. | | | viṣpand | विष्पन्द् 1 Ā. 1 To move about. -2 To throb, beat, palpitate. See विष्यन्द्. | | | viṣpandaḥ | विष्पन्दः 1 Throbbing, palpitation. -2 A particular dish. | | | visphar | विस्फर् विस्फूर् 6 P. 1 To quiver, palpitate, tremble; Mb.1.52.5. -2 To move about, struggle; विस्फुरन्तीं यथाकामं मैथुनायोपचक्रमे Rām.7.8.16; Mb.1.125.8. -3 To shine, gleam; किं नाम विस्फुरन्ति शस्त्राणि U.4. -4 To draw or twang (as a bow, used in Caus. in the same sense); एको$पि विस्फुरितमण्डलचापचक्रं कः सिन्धुराजमभिषेणयितुं समर्थः Ve.2.26. -5 (esp. विस्फर्) To open wide (eyes). -Caus. To draw (a bow); विस्फार्यमाणस्य ततो भुजाभ्यां भूतानि भर्त्रा धनुरन्तकस्य Ki.17.24; Rām.7.28.45. | | | śiras | शिरस् n. [शॄ-असुन् निपातः Uṇ.4.193] 1 The head; शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं (गुणं) परं (दोषं) कण्ठे नियच्छति Subhās. -2 Skull. -3 A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); हिमगौरैरचलाधिपः शिरोभिः Ki.5.17; Śi.4.54. -4 The top of a tree. -5 The head or top of anything; तेनाहृतो महातालो वेपमानो बृहच्छिराः Bhāg.1.15.33; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74. -6 Pinnacle, acme, highest point. -7 Front, forepart, van (as of an army); पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26; U.5.3. -8 Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.). -9 N. of the verse in the गायत्री (from आपो ज्योतिः to स्वरोम्); cf. T. Ar.1.27; Bhāg 5.9.5. -Comp. -अस्थि n. (शिरोस्थि) the skull. -कपालिन् m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull. -क्रिया presentation of the head. -गृहम् (शिरोगृहम्) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret. -ग्रहः (शिरोग्रहः) affection of the head, headache. -छेदः, -छेदनम् (शिरश्छेदः &c.) beheading, decapitation. -तापिन् m. an elephant. -त्रम्, -त्राणम् 1 a helmet; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्तरेव R.7.49,66; अपनीत- शिरस्त्राणाः 4.64. -2 a head-dress. -धरा, -धिः, ध्रः (शिरोधरा, -धिः, -ध्रः) the neck; तेषां शिरोधरान् धूताञ्छरध्वज- धनूंषि च Rām.7.7.17; निकृत्तबाहूरुशिरोध्रविग्रहम् Bhāg.1. 59.16; Śi.4.52;5.65; cf. कम्बुशिरोधिः Chaitanyachandro- daya 3. -पीठम् the back of the neck. -पीडा headache. -पुष्पम् an ornament for the head; स्फुरितारुणवर्णेन शिर- ष्पुष्पेण शोभिताम् Śiva B.2.53. -प्रणामः bending the head. -प्रदानम् giving up the head or life. -प्रावरणम् a turban. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -भूषणम् (शिरोभूषणम्)
an ornament for the head. -मणिः (शिरोमणिः) 1 a jewel worn on the head. -2 a crest-jewel. -3 a title of respect conferred on learned men. -मर्मन् m. (शिरोमर्मन्) a hog. -मालिन् m. (शिरोमालिन्) an epithet of Śiva. -रत्नम् (शिरोरत्नम्) a jewel worn on the head. -रुजा (शिरोरुजा) head-ache. -रुह् m., -रुहः (शिरोरुह्- रुहः) (also शिरसिरुह्-हः) the hair of the head; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः स्त्रियो निदाधं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs. 1.4; Ku.5.9; R.15.16. -रोगः a disease of the head; अथातः शिरोरोगविज्ञानीयमध्यायं व्याख्यास्यामः Suśr. -वर्तिन् a. (-शिरोवर्तिन्) being at the head. (-m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs. -वल्ली (शिरोवल्ली) the crest of a peacock. -वृत्तम् (शिरोवृत्तम्) pepper. -वेष्टः, वेष्टनम् (शिरोवेष्टः, -ष्टनम्) a head-dress, turban; शिरोवेष्टनव्याजतस्ते मुखेन्दोः Sūkti.35. -शूलम् head-ache. -रथः 1 leader, chief. -2 a plaintiff. -a. imminent. -स्थानम् main apartment; गतेष्वस्मासु राजा नः शिरःस्थानानि पश्यतु Pratimā 1.31. -हारिन् m. (शिरोहारिन्) an epithet of Śiva. | | | śīrṣam | शीर्षम् [शिरस्-पृषो ˚ शीर्षादेशः, शॄ-क सुक् च वा] 1 The head; शीर्षे सर्पो देशान्तरे वैद्यः Karpūr.; Mu.1.21. -2 The black variety of aloe-wood. -3 The upper part, tip, top; पञ्चशीर्षा यवाश्चापि शतशीर्षाश्च शालयः Mb.6.3.19. -4 The fore-part, front. -Comp. -अवशेषः the head only as the remainder. -आमयः any affection or disease of the head. -उदयः an epithet of the zodiacal signs, Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarious, and Pisces. -घातिन् an executioner; P.III.2.51. -छेदः decapitation. -छेदिक, -छेद्य a. fit to be beheaded, deserving death by dacapitation; शीर्षच्छेद्यः स ते राम तं हत्वा जीवय द्विजम् U.2.8; R.15.51. -त्राणम्, -रक्षम् a helmet. -पट्टकः a turban. -वर्तनम् submission to punishment. -शोकः pain in the head. | | | śuddha | शुद्ध p. p. [शुध्-क्त] 1 Pure, clean, purified; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 Holy, undefiled, chaste, innocent; अन्वमीयत शुद्धेति शान्तेन वपुषैव सा R. 15.77;14.14. -3 White, bright. -4 Stainless, spotless. -5 Innocent, simple, guileness. -6 (a) Genuine, true. (b) Honest, upright. -7 Correct, faultless, upright. -8 Cleared, acquitted. -9 Mere only; शुद्धं हि दैवमेवेदं हठेनैवास्ति पौरुषम् Mb.12.177.12. -1 Simple, pure, unmixed (opp. मिश्र). -11 Unequalled. -12 Authorized. -13 Whetted, sharpened; जघान शुद्धेषुरमन्दकर्षी Bk.2.31. -14 Not nasal. -15 Unmitigated (as capital punishment); तडागभेदकं हन्यादप्सु शुद्धवधेन वा Ms.9.279. -16 Tried, examined. -द्धः 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 The bright fortnight. -द्धम् 1 Anything pure. -2 The pure spirit. -3 Rock-salt. -4 Black pepper. -5 A house built generally of one material; namely wood, brick or stone etc.; द्रुमेणेष्टकया वापि दृशदाद्यैरथापि वा । एतेन सहितं गेहं शुद्धमित्यभिधीयते Kāmikāgama.45.21. -Comp. -अद्वैतम्
the अद्वैत philosophy in which there is unity of जीव and ब्रह्म without माया (i. e. शुद्ध). -अन्तः a king's female apartments, harem, seraglio; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभमिदं वपुराश्रमवासिनो यदि जनस्य Ś.1.17; Ku.6.52. -2 a king's wife. ˚चारिन् m. an attendant in the harem, a chamberlain; U.1. ˚पालकः, ˚रक्षकः a guard of the harem. -अन्ता a king's wife, queen. -अनुमानम् a particular figure of rhetoric. -अपह्नुतिः a figure of speech; it is thus defined :-- शुद्धापह्नुतिरन्यस्यारोपार्थो धर्मनिह्नवः. -आत्मन् a. pure-minded, honest. (-m.) 1 the pure spirit. -2 N. of Śiva. -आभ a. consisting of pure light; प्रशान्तमिव शुद्धाभं सत्त्वं तदुप- धारयेत् Ms.12.27. -ओदनः (शुद्धोदनः) N. of the father of the celebrated Buddha. ˚सुतः N. of the celebrated Buddha. -कर्मन् a. pure in deeds, holy. -कोटिः f. one of the sides of a right-angled triangle. -चैतन्यम् pure intelligence. -जङ्घः an ass. -जडः a quadruped. -धी, -भाव, -मति a. pure-minded, guileless, honest. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -पक्षः the light half of a month. -वटुकः (in music) a kind of drummer. -बोध a. (in Vedānta) possessed of pure intelligence. -भाव a. pure-minded. -वधः killing in a simple or ordinary way. -वंश्य a. born of a pure family; संततिः शुद्धवंश्या हि परत्रेह च शर्मणे R.1.69. -विष्कम्भकः (in drama.) a pure interlude (in which only speakers of संस्कृत take part). -शुक्रम् a morbid affection of the pupil of the eye. | | | saṃvardhaka | संवर्धक a. (-र्धिका f.) 1 Causing complete growth or prosperity, augmenting. -2 Greeting, welcoming (guests &c.), hospitable. | | | saṃjñapanam | संज्ञपनम् 1 Killing; दृष्ट्वा संज्ञपनं योगं पशूनां स पतिर्मखे Bhāg.4.5.24. -2 Deception, defrauding.
संज्ञपित sañjñapita संज्ञप्त sañjñapta
संज्ञपित संज्ञप्त p. p., Sacrificed, killed; तं यज्ञपशवो$नेन संज्ञप्ता ये दयालुना Bhāg.4.28.26. | | | sat | सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च
सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term. | | | sadṛkṣa | सदृक्ष (-क्षी f.), सदृश्, -सदृश a. (-शी f.) 1 Like, resembling, similar, of the same rank, (with gen. or loc., but usually in comp.); वज्रपातसदृश, कुसुमसदृश &c.; कश्चिद्धरेः सौम्य सुतः सदृक्षः (आस्ते) Bhāg.3.1.3. -2 Fit, right, suitable, conformable; as in प्रस्तावसदृशं वाक्यम् H.2.51. -3 Worthy, befitting, becoming; श्रुतस्य किं तत्सदृशं कुलस्य R.14.61;1.15. -Comp. -विनिमय a. mistaking similar objects. -स्त्री a wife of equal caste; सदृशस्त्रीषु जातानां पुत्राणामविशेषतः Ms.9.125. -स्पन्दनम् a regular or even palpitation. | | | sahasā | सहसा ind. 1 With force, forcibly. -2 Rashly, precipitately, inconsiderately; सहसा विदधीत न क्रियामविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3. -3 Suddenly, all at once; मातङ्ग- नकैः सहसोत्पतद्भिः R.13.11. -4 With a smile, smiling. -Comp. -दृष्टः an adopted son. | | | sāṃkāśyam | सांकाश्यम् श्या N. of the capital of Kuśadhvaja, brother of Janaka. | | | sāhasam | साहसम् [सहसा बलेन निर्वृत्तम् अण्] 1 Violence, force; rapine; पैशून्यं साहसं द्रोहं ईर्ष्यासूयार्थदूषणम् । वाग्दण्डजं च पारुष्यं क्रोधजोी$पि गणो$ष्टकः ॥ Ms.7.48. -2 Any criminal act (such as robbery, rape, felony &c.), a heinous crime, an aggressive act. -3 Cruelty, oppression; न सहास्मि साहसमसाहसिकी Śi.9.59. -4 Boldness, daring, daring courage; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4. -5 Precipitation, rashness, temerity, an inconsiderate or reckless act, a rash or daring act; तदपि साहसाभासम् Māl.2; किमपरमतो निर्व्यूढं यत् करार्पणसाहसम् 9.1; Pt.1.191; Ki.17.42. -6 Punishment, chastisement, fine (m. also in this sense); पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138,276; Y. 1.66,365. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of king Vikramāditya. -2 of a poet. -3 of a lexicographer. -अधिपतिः a police officer; साहसाधिपतिं चैव ग्रामनेतारमेव च Śukra.2.2. -अध्यवसायिन् a. acting rashly or with inconsiderate haste. -एकरसिक a. wholly intent on violence, ferocious, brutal. -करणम् violence, force. -कारिन् a. 1 bold, audacious. -2 rash, inconsiderate. -दण्डः highest amerciament; पूर्वः साहसदण्ड आहर्तुः Kau. A.2.5. -लाञ्छन a. characterized by boldness. | | | su | सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd,
-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial
gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः
क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm,
an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained;
तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con | | | sukha | सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat
of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand. | | | skandhaḥ | स्कन्धः [स्कन्द्यते आरुह्यते$सौ सुखेन शाखया वा कर्मणि घञ् पृषो˚; cf. Uṇ.4.26] 1 The shoulder; महर्षभस्कन्ध- मनूनकन्धरम् Ki.14.4. -2 The body; सूक्ष्मयोनीनि भूतानि तर्कगम्यानि कानिचित् । पक्ष्मणो$पि निपातेन येषां स्यात् स्कन्धपर्ययः ॥ Mb.12.15.26. -3 The trunk or stem of a tree; तीव्राघातप्रतिहततरुस्कन्धलग्नैकदन्तः Ś.1.32; R.4.57; Me.55. -4 A branch or large bough; स्कन्धाधिरूढोज्ज्वलनीलकण्ठान् Śi.4.7. -5 A department or branch of human knowledge; Śi.2.28. -6 A chapter, section, division (of a book). -7 A division or detachment of an army; द्वितीयं प्रेषयामास बलस्कन्धं युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.196. 9; R.4.3. -8 A troop, multitude, group; 'स्कन्धः स्यान्नृपतौ वंशे साम्परायसमूहयोः' इति मेदिनी; Mb.14.45.1. -9 The five objects of sense. -1 The five forms of mundane consciousness (in Buddhistic phil.); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वाङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् Śi.2.28. -11 War, battle. -12 A king. -13 An agreement. -14 A road, way; Mb.3. -15 A wise or learned man. -16 A heron. -17 Articles used at the coronation of a king. -18 A part (अंश); तदवध्यानविस्रस्तपुण्यस्कन्धस्य भूरिदः Bhāg.11.23.1. -न्धा 1 A branch. -2 A creeper. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः the trunk of a tree set on fire, fire made with thick logs. -आवारः 1 an army or a division of it; स्कन्धावारमसौ निवेश्य विषमे सौवेलमूर्ध्नि स्वयम् Mv.6.17; Dūtavākyam 1. -2 a royal capital or residence; तत्तु दृष्ट्वा पुरं तच्च स्कन्धावारं च पाण्डवाः Mb.1.185. 6. -3 a camp; स्कन्धावारनिवेशः Kau. A.1; उपप्लव्यं स गत्वा तु स्कन्धावारं प्रविश्य च Mb.5.8.25. -उपानेय a. to be carried on the shoulders. (-यः) a form of peaceoffering in which fruit or grain is presented, as a mark of submission. -घनः cognition; अन्यस्मिन् स्कन्धघने- $न्येन स्कन्धघनेन यज्ज्ञानं तत् तत्संततिजेनान्येनोपलभ्यते नातत्सं- ततिजेनान्येन । तस्मात् शून्याः स्कन्धघना इति ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. -चापः a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens; cf. शिक्य (Mar. काव़ड). -जः a tree growing from a principal stem. -तरुः the cocoa-nut-tree. -देशः 1 the shoulder; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19. -2 that part of the elephant's body, where the driver sits. -3 the stem of a tree. -परिनिर्वाणम् the annihilation of the elements of being (with Buddhists). -पीठम् the shoulder-blade. -फलः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Bilva tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -बन्धना a sort of fennel. -मल्लकः a heron. -रुहः the (Indian) fig-tree. -वाहः, -वाहकः an ox trained to carry burdens, pack-bullock. -शाखा a principal branch, the forked branch issuing from the upper stem of a tree. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -स्कन्धः every shoulder. | | | sthānīya | स्थानीय a. 1 Belonging to a place, local. -2 Suitable to a place. -यम् 1 A town, city. -2 Capital; Kau. A.2.2. -3 A kind of fortress to defend 8 villages; अष्टशतग्राम्या मध्ये स्थानीयम् Kau. A.2.1. | | | spand | स्पन्द् 1 Ā. (स्पन्दते, स्पन्दित) 1 To throb, palpitate; अस्पन्दिष्टाक्षि वामं च Bk.15.27;14.83. -2 To shake, tremble, quiver. -3 To go, move; स्पन्दन्ति वै तनुभृतामज- शर्वयोश्च Bhāg.12.8.4. -4 To come suddenly to life. | | | spandaḥ | स्पन्दः [स्पन्द्-घञ्] 1 Throbbing, palpitation. -2 Vibration, tremor, motion; मनो मन्दस्पन्दं बहिरपि चिरस्यापि विमृशन् Bh.3.51. | | | spandanam | स्पन्दनम् [स्पन्द्-ल्युट्] 1 Throbbing, pulsation, palpitation, quivering; वामाक्षिस्पन्दनं सूचयित्वा Māl.1; so अधर˚, बाहु˚, शरीर˚ &c. -2 Tremor, vibration. -3 The quickening of a child in the womb. -4 Rapid motion, going. | | | spandita | स्पन्दित p. p. [स्पन्द्-क्त] 1 Throbbed,quivered. -2 Gone. -तम् A pulsation, throb, palpitation. -2 Activity (of the mind). | | | sphāra | स्फार a. [स्फाय्-रक् Uṇ.2.13] 1 Large, great, increased, expanded; स्फारफुल्लत्फणापीठनिर्यत् &c. Māl.5.23; Mv.6.32. -2 Much, abundant; यद्वैकुण्ठवराहकण्ठकुहर- स्फारोच्चलद्भैरव...... Mv.5.2; Bh.3.42. -3 Loud. -रः 1 Swelling, increase, enlargement, growth. -2 A bubble (in gold). -3 A protuberance. -4 Throbbing, quivering, palpitation, vibration. -5 Twanging. -6 An ornament (of brass etc.) in the form of bubbles; L. D. B. -रम् Abundance, much, plenty. (स्फारीभू 1 to swell out, expand, spread out, increase, multiply; सुस्निग्धा विमुखीभवन्ति सुहृदः स्फारीभवन्त्यापदः Mk.1.36; Pt.5.24. -2 to become manifest.) | | | sphāl | स्फाल् 1 P. (स्फालति) To tremble, quiver, throb, palpitate. -1 U. or Caus. (स्फालयति-ते) To cause to tremble or shake. | | | sphālaḥ | स्फालः [स्फल्-घञ्] Throbbing, palpitation, beat, trembling. | | | sphālanam | स्फालनम् 1 Quivering, palpitating. -2 Causing to shake about or move. -3 Rubbing, friction; अनवरतधनु- र्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś.2.4. -4 Patting or stroking (as a horse), gentle rubbing. | | | sphur | स्फुर् 6 P. (स्फुरति, स्फुरित) 1 (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फल- मिहास्य Ś.1.16; स्फुरता वामकेनापि दाक्षिण्यमवलम्ब्यते Māl. 1.8; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; स्फुरति हृदयं वाहय रथम् Pratimā 3.1. (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; 6.33. -2 To twitch, struggle, become agitated; हतं पृथिव्यां करुणं स्फुरन्तम् Rām. -3 To start, dart, spring forward; पुस्फुरुर्वृषभाः परम् Bk.14.46. -4 To spring back, rebound (as a bow.). -5 To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; धर्मतः स्फुरति निर्मलं यशः Ku.3.68. -6 To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; मुखात् स्फुरन्तीं को हर्तुमिच्छति हरेः परिभूय दंष्ट्राम् Mu.1.8; रचितरुचिरभूषां दृष्टिमोषे प्रदोषे स्फुरति निरवसादां कापि राधां जगाद Gīt.11. -7 To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1; (तया) स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; R.3.6;5.51; Me.15,27. -8 To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -9 To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. -1 To go tremulously. -11 To bruise, destroy. -Caus. (स्फारयति-ते, स्फोरयति-ते) 1 To cause to throb or vibrate. -2 To cause to shine, irradiate. -3 To throw, cast. -With अप to shine forth or out. अभि 1 to spread or be diffused, expand. -2 to become known. | | | sphurita | स्फुरित p. p. 1 Trembling, throbbing. -2 Shaken. -3 Glittering, shining. -4 Unsteady. -5 Swollen. -6 Manifested, displayed; तत उदयगिरोरिवैक एव स्फुरितगुणद्युति- सुन्दरः कलावान् Māl.2.1. -तम् 1 A throb, palpitation, tremor; (बटुः) पुनर्विवक्षुः स्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83. -2 Agitation or emotion of the mind. -3 Flash, gleam; विद्यु- द्दामस्फुरितचकितैर्यत्र पौराङ्गनानाम् Me.27. -4 Sudden appearance.
स्फुर्च्छ् sphurcch स्फूर्च्छ् sphūrcch
स्फुर्च्छ् स्फूर्च्छ् 1 P. (स्फूर्च्छति) 1 To spread, extend. -2 To forget. | | | sphulanam | स्फुलनम् Trembling, throbbing, palpitation.
स्फुलिङ्गः sphuliṅgḥ ङ्गम् ṅgam स्फुलङ्गा sphulaṅgā
स्फुलिङ्गः ङ्गम् स्फुलङ्गा [स्फुल्-इङ्गक् Uṇ.1.113] A spark of fire; स्फुलिङ्गावस्थया वह्निरेधापेक्ष इव स्थितः Ś.7.15; Ve.6.8. | | | himavat | हिमवत् a. Snowy, icy, frosty. -m. The Himālaya mountain; राज्ञा हिमवतः सारो राज्ञः सारो हिमाद्रिणा R.4.79; V.5.22. -Comp. -कुक्षिः a valley of the Himālaya. -पुरम् N. of Oṣadhiprastha, the capital of Himālaya; तत्प्रयातौषधिप्रस्थं सिद्धये हिमवत्पुरम् Ku.6.33. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता 1 Pārvatī. -2 the Ganges. | | | hṛd | हृद् n. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for हृदय after acc. dual) 1 The mind, heart; त्यक्तं गृहाद्यपि मया भवताप- शान्त्यै नासीदसौ हृतहृदो मम मायया ते Bhagavaccharaṇa S.15. -2 The chest, bosom, breast; इमां हृदि व्यायतपातमक्षिणोत् Ku.5.54. -3 The soul. -4 The interior or essence of anything. -Comp. -आमयः sickness of heart. -आवर्तः a lock or curl of hair on a horse's chest. -उत्क्लेदः, -उत्क्लेशः nausea. -कम्पः tremor of the heart, palpitation. -ग a. reaching up to the breast (as water, आचमनजल); हृद्गाभिः पूयते विप्रः कण्ठगाभिस्तु भूमिपः Ms.2.62. -गत a. 1 seated in the mind, conceived, designed. -2 cherished. (-तम्) design, meaning, intent. -ग्रन्थः a heart-sore. -ग्रहः spasm of the heart. -देशः the region of the heart. -द्योतन a. breaking the heart. -द्रवः too quick pulsation. -पिण्डः, -ण्डम् the heart. -रोगः 1 a heart-disease, heartburn. -2 sorrow, grief, anguish. -3 love. -4 the sign Aquarius of the zodiac. -लासः (हृल्लासः) 1 hiccough. -2 disquietude, grief. -लेखः (हृल्लेखः) 1 knowledge, reasoning; कीर्त्यर्थमल्पहृल्लेखाः पटवः कृत्स्ननिर्णयाः Mb.12.262.27. -2 heart-ache. -लेखा (हृल्लेखा) grief, anxiety; यदा व्यपेतहृल्लेखं मनो भवति तस्य वै Mb.12.294.31. -वण्टकः the stomach. -शयः 1 the god of love; अहोरूपमहो धाम अहो अस्या नवं वयः । इति ते तामभिद्रुत्य पप्रच्छुर्जातहृच्छयाः ॥ Bhāg.8.9.2. -2 love; हृच्छयेनाभिभू- तात्मा भीमसेनमकामयत् Mb.3.12.95. -3 soul, conscience (अन्तर्यामी); नूनं तयोरनुमते हृदि हृच्छयचोदितः Mb.12.334.13. -शूलम् an acute pain in the chest. -शोकः heartburn or anguish. -सारः courage; अद्राक्षमहमेतत्ते हृत्सारं महदद्भुतम् Bhāg.7.3.18. -स्तम्भः paralysis of the heart. -स्फोटः breaking of the heart. | | | hṛdayam | हृदयम् 1 The heart, soul, mind; हृदये दिग्धशरैरिवाहतः Ku.4.25; so अयोहृदयः R.9.9; पाषाणहृदय &c. -2 The bosom, chest, breast; बाणभिन्नहृदया निपेतुषी R.11.19. -3 Love, affection. -4 The interior or essence of anything. -5 The secret science; अश्व˚, अक्ष˚ &c.; ऋतुपर्णो नलसखो यो$श्वविद्यामयान्नलात् । दत्वा$क्षहृदयं चास्मै सर्वकामस्तु तत्सुतः ॥ Bhag.9.9.17. -6 True or divine knowledge. -7 The Veda. -8 Wish, intention; एवं विरिञ्चादिभिरीडितस्तद्विज्ञाय तेषां हृदयं तथैव Bhāg.8.6.16. -9 = अहंकारम् q. v.; मनो विसृजते भावं बुद्धिरध्यवसायिनी । हृदयं प्रियाप्रिये वेद त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Mb.12.248.1. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. a heron. -आविध् a. heart-rending, heart-piercing; रोचनैर्भूषितां पम्पामस्माकं हृदयाविधम् Bk.6.73. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a husband. (-शा, -री f.) 1 a wife. -2 a mistress. -उदङ्कः heaving of the heart. -उद्वेष्टनम् contraction of the heart. -उन्मादकर a. bewitching hearts. -कम्पः tremor of the heart, palpitation. -क्लमः weakness of the heart. -क्षोभः agitation of the heart. -ग्रन्थिः anything which binds the soul or grieves the heart (as अविद्यारूपसंसार- बन्धन); भिद्यते हृदयग्रन्थिश्छिद्यन्ते सर्वसंशयाः Muṇd.2.2.8. -ग्रहः spasm of the heart. -ग्राहिन् a. heart-captivating. -चोरः one who steals the heart or affections. -छिद् a. heart-rending, heart-piercing. -जः a son. -ज्ञ a. knowing the heart or its secret. -दाहिन् a. heart-burning. -दीपः, -दीपकः N. of a glossary of materia medica by Vopadeva. -दौर्बल्यम् faint-heartedness. -पुरुषः beating of the heart. -प्रमाथिन् a. agitating the heart; क्व रुजा हृदयप्रमाथिनी क्व च ते विश्वसनीयमायुधम् M.3.1. -प्रस्तर a. cruel. -रज्जुः (in geom.) a central line. -रोगः, -शल्यम् a thorn or wound in the heart, a heartdisease; P.VI.3.51; समुत्खाता नन्दा नव हृदयशल्या इव भुवः Mu.1.13. -लेखः 1 knowledge. -2 heart-ache, anxiety. -विध्, -वेधिन् a. heart-piercing. -विरोधः oppression of the heart. -वृत्ति f. disposition of the heart. -शैथिल्यम् depression, faintheartedness. -शोषण a. heart-withering. -संघट्टः paralysis of the heart. -संमित a. breast-high. -स्थ a. being or cherished in the heart. -स्थानम् the breast, bosom. | |
|
Feedback
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter